Urothelial differentiation of urothelial carcinoma: a bladder cancer stem cell model

ABSTRACT

The present invention provides a method of treating cancer in a patient (e.g., a human patient) in need thereof, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound that targets 67 laminin receptor (67LR). In a particular embodiment, the compound that targets 67LR is an antibody or antibody fragment. In particular, the present invention provides a method of treating cancer comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an antibody that binds to 67LR. The present invention also provides a method of treating cancer comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an antibody conjugate, wherein the antibody conjugate comprises an antibody that binds to 67LR linked to a therapeutic agent, a protein toxin, a cytotoxic agent or other moiety. The present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of cancer comprising an antibody that binds to 67LR in an amount effective to reduce cancer stem cells and/or cancer cells in a patient. The invention also provides for means to detect and monitor cancer stem cells based on their expression of 67LR.

This application claims and is entitled to priority benefit of U.S. provisional application Ser. No. 60/919,384, filed Mar. 22, 2007, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

1. FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present invention provides a method of treating cancer in a patient (e.g., a human patient) in need thereof, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound that targets 67 laminin receptor (67LR). In a particular embodiment, the compound that targets 67LR is an antibody. In a another particular embodiment, the compound that binds to 67LR is an antibody. In particular, the present invention provides a method of treating cancer comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an antibody that binds to 67LR. The present invention also provides a method of treating cancer comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an antibody conjugate, wherein the antibody conjugate comprises an antibody that binds to 67LR linked to a therapeutic agent, a cytotoxic agent or other anticancer moiety. The present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of cancer comprising an antibody that binds to 67LR in an amount effective to reduce cancer stem cells and/or cancer cells in a patient.

2. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

2.1 Cancer Therapy

Cancer is one of the most significant health conditions. The American Cancer Society's Cancer Facts and Figures, 2003, predicts over 1.3 million Americans will receive a cancer diagnosis this year. In the United States, cancer is second only to heart disease in mortality accounting for one of four deaths. In 2002, the National Institutes of Health estimated total costs of cancer totaled $171.6 billion, with $61 billion in direct expenditures. The incidence of cancer is widely expected to increase as the US population ages, further augmenting the impact of this condition. The current treatment regimens for cancer, established in the 1970s and 1980s, have not changed dramatically. These treatments, which include chemotherapy, radiation and other modalities including newer targeted therapies, have shown limited overall survival benefit when utilized in most advanced stage common cancers since, among other things, these therapies primarily target tumor bulk rather than cancer stem cells.

More specifically, conventional cancer diagnosis and therapies to date have attempted to selectively detect and eradicate neoplastic cells that are largely fast-growing (i.e., cells that form the tumor bulk). Standard oncology regimens have often been largely designed to administer the highest dose of irradiation or a chemotherapeutic agent without undue toxicity, i.e., often referred to as the “maximum tolerated dose” (MTD) or “no observed adverse effect level” (NOAEL). Many conventional cancer chemotherapies (e.g., alkylating agents such as cyclophosphamide, antimetabolites such as 5-Fluorouracil, plant alkaloids such as vincristine) and conventional irradiation therapies exert their toxic effects on cancer cells largely by interfering with cellular mechanisms involved in cell growth and DNA replication. Chemotherapy protocols also often involve administration of a combination of chemotherapeutic agents in an attempt to increase the efficacy of treatment. Despite the availability of a large variety of chemotherapeutic agents, these therapies have many drawbacks (see, e.g., Stockdale, 1998, “Principles Of Cancer Patient Management” in Scientific American Medicine, vol. 3, Rubenstein and Federman, eds., ch. 12, sect. X). For example, chemotherapeutic agents are notoriously toxic due to non-specific side effects on fast-growing cells whether normal or malignant; e.g. chemotherapeutic agents cause significant, and often dangerous, side effects, including bone marrow depression, immunosuppression, gastrointestinal distress, etc.

Other types of traditional cancer therapies include surgery, hormonal therapy, immunotherapy, anti-angiogenesis therapy, targeted therapy (e.g., therapy directed to a cancer target such as Gleevec® and other tyrosine kinase inhibitors, Velcade®, Sutent®, et al.), and radiation treatment to eradicate neoplastic cells in a patient (see, e.g., Stockdale, 1998, “Principles of Cancer Patient Management,” in Scientific American: Medicine, vol. 3, Rubenstein and Federman, eds., ch. 12, sect. IV). All of these approaches can pose significant drawbacks for the patient including a lack of efficacy (in terms of long-term outcome (e.g. due to failure to target cancer stem cells) and toxicity (e.g. due to non-specific effects on normal tissues)). Accordingly, new therapies and/or regimens for improving the long-term prospect of cancer patients are needed.

2.2 Cancer Stem Cells

Cancer stem cells comprise a unique subpopulation (often 0.1-10% or so) of a tumor that, relative to the remaining 90% or so of the tumor (i.e., the tumor bulk), are more tumorigenic, relatively more slow-growing or quiescent, and often relatively more chemoresistant than the tumor bulk. Given that conventional therapies and regimens have, in large part, been designed to attack rapidly proliferating cells (i.e. those cancer cells that comprise the tumor bulk), cancer stem cells which are often slow-growing may be relatively more resistant than faster growing tumor bulk to conventional therapies and regimens. Cancer stem cells can express other features which make them relatively chemoresistant such as multi-drug resistance and anti-apoptotic pathways. The aforementioned would constitute a key reason for the failure of standard oncology treatment regimens to ensure long-term benefit in most patients with advanced stage cancers—i.e. the failure to adequately target and eradicate cancer stem cells. In some instances, a cancer stem cell(s) is the founder cell of a tumor (i.e., it is the progenitor of the cancer cells that comprise the tumor bulk).

Cancer stem cells have been identified in a large variety of cancer types. For instance, Bonnet et al., using flow cytometry were able to isolate the leukemia cells bearing the specific phenotype, CD34+CD38−, and subsequently demonstrate that it is these cells (comprising <1% of a given leukemia), unlike the remaining 99+% of the leukemia bulk, that are able to recapitulate the leukemia from whenst it was derived when transferred into immunodeficient mice. See, e.g., Nat Med 3:730-737 (1997). That is, these cancer stem cells were found as <1 in 10,000 leukemia cells yet this low frequency population was able to initiate and serially transfer a human leukemia into severe combined immunodeficiency/non-obese diabetic (NOD/SCID) mice with the same histologic phenotype as in the original tumor.

Cox et al. identified small subfractions of human acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) cells which had the phenotypes CD34⁺/CD10⁻ and CD34⁺/CD19⁻, and were capable of engrafting ALL tumors in immunocompromised mice—i.e., the cancer stem cells. In contrast, no engraftment of the mice was observed using the ALL bulk, despite, in some cases, injecting 10-fold more cells. See Cox, et al., Blood 104(19): 2919-2925 (2004).

Multiple myeloma was found to contain small subpopulations of cells that were CD 138⁻ and, relative to the large bulk population of CD 138⁺ myeloma cells had greater clonogenic and tumorigenic potential. See Matsui, et al., Blood 103(6): 2332. The authors concluded that the CD138⁻ subpopulation of multiple myeloma was the cancer stem cell population.

Kondo, et al. isolated a small population of cells from a C6-glioma cell line, which was identified as the cancer stem cell population by virtue of its ability to self-renew and recapitulate gliomas in immunocompromised mice. See Kondo, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 101:781-786 (2004). In this study, Kondo, et al. determined that cancer cell lines contain a population of cancer stem cells that confer the ability of the line to engraft immunodeficient mice.

Breast cancers were shown to contain a small population of cells with stem cell characteristics (bearing surface markers CD44+CD24^(low lin−)) See Al-Hajj, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 100:3983-3988 (2003). As few as 200 of these cells, corresponding to 1-10% of the total tumor cell population, are able to form tumors in NOD/SCID mice. In contrast, implantation of 20,000 cells that lacked this phenotype (i.e., the tumor bulk) was unable to re-grow the tumor.

A subpopulation of cells derived from human prostate tumors was found to self-renew and to recapitulate the phenotype of the prostate tumor from which they were derived thereby constituting the prostate cancer stem cell population. See Collins, et al., Cancer Res 65(23): 10946-10951 (2005).

Fang et al. isolated a subpopulation of cells from melanoma with cancer stem cell properties. In particular, this subpopulation of cells could differentiate and self-renew. In culture, the subpopulation formed spheres whereas the more differentiated cell fraction from the lesions were more adherent. Moreover, the subpopulation containing sphere-like cells were more tumorigenic than the adherent cells when grafted into mice. See Fang, et al., Cancer Res 65(20): 9328-9337 (2005).

Singh, et al. identified brain tumor stem cells. When isolated and transplanted into nude mice, the CD133+ cancer stem cells, unlike the CD133− tumor bulk cells, form tumors that can then be serially transplanted. See Singh, et al., Nature 432:396-401 (2004); Singh, et al., Oncogene 23:7267-7273 (2004); Singh, et al., Cancer Res 63:5821-5828 (2003).

Since conventional cancer therapies target rapidly proliferating cells (i.e., cells that form the tumor bulk) these treatments are believed to be relatively ineffective at targeting and impairing cancer stem cells. In fact, cancer stem cells, including leukemia stem cells, have indeed been shown to be relatively resistant to conventional chemotherapeutic therapies (e.g., Ara-C, daunorubicin) as well as newer targeted therapies (e.g., Gleevec®, Velcade®). Examples of cancer stem cells from various tumors that are resistant to chemotherapy, and the mechanism by which they are resistant, are described in Table 1 below.

TABLE 1 CSC Type Resistance Mechanism Reference AML Ara-C Quiescence Guzman. Blood '01 AML Daunorubicin Drug Efflux, Costello. Cancer Res Anti-apoptosis '00 AML Daunorubicin, Drug Efflux Wulf. Blood '01 mitoxantrone AML Quiescence Guan. Blood '03 AML, MDS Anti-apoptosis Suarez. Clin Cancer Res '04 CML Quiescence Holyoake. Blood '99 CML Gleevec ® Quiescence Graham. Blood '02 Myeloma Velcade ® Matsui. ASH 04 For example, leukemic stem cells are relatively slow-growing or quiescent, express multi-drug resistance genes, and utilize other anti-apoptotic mechanisms-features which contribute to their chemoresistance. See Jordan, et al., Nat Clin Pract Oncol 2: 224-225 (2005). Further, cancer stem cells by virtue of their chemoresistance may contribute to treatment failure, and may also persist in a patient after clinical remission and these remaining cancer stem cells may therefore contribute to relapse at a later date. See Behbood, et al., Carcinogenesis 26(4): 703-711 (2004). Therefore, targeting cancer stem cells is expected to provide for improved long-term outcomes for cancer patients. Accordingly, new therapeutic agents and/or regimens designed to target cancer stem cells are needed to reach this goal.

3. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present invention provides a method of treating cancer in a patient (e.g., a human patient) in need thereof, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound that binds and/or targets 67 laminin receptor (67LR). Non-limiting examples of compounds include, but are not limited to, proteinaceous molecules, including, but not limited to, peptides (including dimers and multimers of such peptides), polypeptides, proteins, including post-translationally modified proteins, peptide or protein conjugates, conjugates, antibodies, antibody fragments, antibody conjugates, and antibody fragment conjugates.

In particular, the present invention provides a method of treating cancer in a patient in need thereof comprising administering to a patient an antibody that binds to 67LR. In particular, the present invention provides a method of treating cancer in a patient in need thereof comprising administering to a patient an antibody that targets 67LR. The present invention also provides a method of treating cancer in a patient in need thereof comprising administering to a patient an antibody conjugate, wherein the antibody conjugate comprises an antibody that binds to the 67LR linked to a therapeutic agent, a cytotoxic agent or otherwise anticellular or anticancer moiety.

The present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising an antibody that binds to 67LR, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient. In one aspect, the invention provides pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of cancer comprising an antibody that binds to 67LR in an amount effective to reduce cancer stem cells and/or cancer cells in a patient. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising an antibody that binds 67LR in an amount effective to reduce cancer cells and/or cancer stem cells expressing 67LR in an animal by about 10%, about 15%, about 20%, about 25%, about 30%, 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 65%, about 75% or more relative to a negative control. In some embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition of the invention comprises an agent in addition to an antibody of the invention.

The present invention also provides methods for inhibiting the proliferation or reducing a 67LR-expressing cell population, the methods comprising contacting a population of cells comprising 67LR-expressing cells with an antibody that binds to 67LR. In a specific embodiment, the present invention provides methods for inhibiting the proliferation or reducing the population of cancer stem cells expressing 67LR, the methods comprising contacting the 67LR-expressing cancer stem cell population with an antibody that binds to 67LR. In another embodiment, the present invention provides methods for inhibiting the proliferation or reducing the population of cancer cells expressing 67LR, the methods comprising contacting the 67LR-expressing cancer cell population with an antibody that binds to 67LR. In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides methods for inhibiting the proliferation or reducing the population of cancer cells and cancer stem cells expressing 67LR, the methods comprising contacting a population of cells comprising 67LR-expressing cancer cells and/or 67LR-expressing cancer stem cells with an antibody that binds to 67LR. In certain embodiments, the antibody reduces a cancer stem cell population and/or a cancer cell population by at least 15%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 65%, at least 75%, or at least 85% in an animal with or animal model for a cancer associated with 67LR-expressing cells relative to a negative control.

In one aspect, the invention provides a method of treating cancer in a patient in need thereof, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to the patient an antibody that binds to 67LR, wherein the patient has been diagnosed with cancer, and wherein said cancer is selected from the group consisting of urothelial carcinoma, cervical cancer, hematologic cancers, such as leukemia and myeloma, thyroid carcinoma, adenoid cystic carcinoma, breast carcinoma, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, colon cancer, pancreatic cancer, lymphoma, and neuroblastoma leukemia.

In some embodiments, the patient received a conventional therapy for the treatment of the cancer before the administration of the therapeutically effective regimen of the invention, the regimen comprising administering to the patient an antibody that binds to the 67LR. Non-limiting examples of such a conventional therapy include chemotherapy, radioimmunotherapy, hormonal therapy, small molecule therapy, toxin therapy, prodrug-activating enzyme therapy, biologic therapy, antibody therapy, surgical therapy, including immunotherapy, anti-angiogenic therapy, targeted therapy, epigenetic therapy, demethylation therapy, histone deacetylase inhibitor therapy, differentiation therapy, radiation therapy, and/or any combination thereof.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating cancer in a patient, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an antibody that binds to 67LR, wherein the patient is in remission for the cancer. In yet other aspects, the patient has been previously treated with conventional chemotherapeutic agents or had radiation therapy. In yet another aspect, the patient can be treated with the regimens of the invention following the administration of a conventional chemotherapeutic agent or radiation therapy. In yet another aspect, the patient, concurrent with treatment with the regimens of the invention, can be administered a conventional chemotherapeutic agent or can undergo radiation therapy. Further, the cancer can be refractory or multi-drug resistant. In other aspects, the patient can be treated locally with the methods of the invention. For example, a bladder cancer patient could be treated with the invention via local delivery directly into the tumor, or into the bladder. Local treatment with the invention may also be administered in combination, before, or after other local treatments as well (e.g. BCG therapy).

In yet another aspect, the invention provides a method for preventing a recurrence of cancer in a patient in remission, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a prophylactically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to the patient an antibody that binds to 67LR. In another aspect, the invention provides a method for preventing a recurrence of cancer in a patient that has already undergone conventional cancer treatment, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a prophylactically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to the patient an antibody that binds to 67LR.

In another embodiment, the invention provides a method for preventing cancer in a patient that is at a high risk for developing cancer, i.e., a patient that has been diagnosed with a 67LR-positive precancerous lesion, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a prophylactically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to the patient an antibody that binds to 67LR.

In a specific aspect, the methods of the invention can further comprise monitoring the amount of cancer cells or cancer stem cells expressing 67LR in a patient undergoing cancer treatment. The methods of the invention may further comprise determining a course of treatment based on the amount of cancer cells or cancer stem cells expressing 67LR detected in the patient. The cancer or cancer stem cells may be detected in the patient or in a specimen obtained from the patient. In some embodiments, the specimen is a blood specimen, bone marrow sample, a tissue biopsy, or a tumor biopsy. The amount of cancer cells or cancer stem cells present in the patient or in a sample obtained from the patient can be compared to those present in a reference sample or a sample of cancer cells or cancer stem cells obtained from the patient before or during cancer treatment. In a specific embodiment, the amount of cancer cells or cancer stem cells expressing 67LR is monitored using an antibody that binds to 67LR.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a solid tumor in a patient, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to the patient an antibody that binds to the 67LR wherein the patient has been diagnosed with a solid tumor, and wherein the patient has undergone primary therapy to reduce the bulk of the tumor. In some embodiments, the primary therapy is, for example, chemotherapy, radioimmunotherapy, hormonal therapy, small molecule therapy, biologic therapy, toxin therapy, prodrug-activating enzyme therapy, antibody therapy, surgical therapy, immunotherapy, anti-angiogenic therapy, targeted therapy, differentiation therapy, epigenetic therapy, demethylation therapy, histone deacetylase inhibitor therapy, radiation therapy, or any combination thereof.

In particular embodiments of this aspect, the solid tumor is fibrosarcoma, myxosarcoma, liposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, chordoma, angiosarcoma, endotheliosarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma, lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, synovioma, mesothelioma, Ewing's tumor, leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, kidney cancer, pancreatic cancer, bone cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, esophageal cancer, stomach cancer, oral cancer, nasal cancer, throat cancer, squamous cell carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, papillary adenocarcinomas, cystadenocarcinoma, medullary carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, hepatoma, bile duct carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, seminoma, embryonal carcinoma, Wilms' tumor, cervical cancer, uterine cancer, testicular cancer, small cell lung carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, lung cancer, epithelial carcinoma, glioma, glioblastoma multiform, astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, craniopharyngioma, ependymoma, pinealoma, hemangioblastoma, acoustic neuroma, oligodendroglioma, meningioma, skin cancer, melanoma, neuroblastoma, or retinoblastoma.

In a specific aspect, the invention provides a method of treating urothelial carcinoma in a patient, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to the patient an antibody that binds to 67LR (as described above), wherein the patient has been diagnosed with urothelial carcinoma.

In a specific aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a hematologic cancer in a patient, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to the patient an antibody that binds to 67LR, wherein the patient has been diagnosed with a hematologic cancer. In a specific embodiment, the hematologic cancer is leukemia, lymphoma, myeloma or myelodysplastic syndrome.

In a specific aspect, the invention provides a method of treating cervical cancer in a patient, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to the patient an antibody that binds to 67LR, wherein the patient has been diagnosed with cervical cancer.

In a specific aspect, the invention provides a method of treating breast cancer in a patient, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to the patient an antibody that binds to 67LR, wherein the patient has been diagnosed with breast cancer.

In a specific aspect, the invention provides a method of treating ovarian cancer in a patient, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to the patient an antibody that binds to 67LR, wherein the patient has been diagnosed with ovarian cancer.

In a specific aspect, the invention provides a method of treating thyroid carcinoma in a patient, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to the patient an antibody that binds to the 67LR, wherein the patient has been diagnosed with thyroid carcinoma.

In a specific aspect, the invention provides a method of treating adenoid cystic carcinoma in a patient, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to the patient an antibody that binds to 67LR, wherein the patient has been diagnosed with adenoid cystic carcinoma.

In a specific aspect, the invention provides a method of treating prostate cancer in a patient, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to the patient an antibody that binds to 67LR, wherein the patient has been diagnosed with prostate cancer.

In a specific aspect, the invention provides a method of treating colon cancer in a patient, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to the patient an antibody that binds to 67LR, wherein the patient has been diagnosed with colon cancer.

In a specific aspect, the invention provides a method of treating pancreatic cancer in a patient, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to the patient an antibody that binds to 67LR, wherein the patient has been diagnosed with pancreatic cancer.

In a specific aspect, the invention provides a method of treating neuroblastoma in a patient, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to the patient an antibody that binds to 67LR, wherein the patient has been diagnosed with neuroblastoma.

The present invention also provides antibody conjugates comprising an antibody that binds to 67LR linked to a therapeutic agent, a cytotoxic agent or other moiety, and compositions comprising such conjugates and uses of such conjugates, including the treatment of a cancer associated with 67LR-expressing cells. In some embodiments, an antibody conjugate of the invention comprises an agent that is non-proteinaceous, such as a chemotherapeutic agent or radionuclide. In accordance with these embodiments, the agent can be chemically conjugated to the antibody, either directly or through a chemical linker. In other embodiments, an antibody conjugate of the invention comprises an agent that is proteinaceous. In accordance with these embodiments, the cytotoxic agent can be covalently linked to the antibody through either a peptide bond or other chemical conjugation. The antibody conjugate can be a recombinantly expressed protein that is generated by the linking via molecular biology techniques of the genes for the antibody (or antibody fragment) with the protein toxin, such that the antibody-conjugate is expressed as a single polypeptide chain containing two domains. Non-limiting examples of agents include diphtheria toxin, Pseudomonas exotoxin, ribosome inactivating proteins, Rnase, ricin A, deglycosylated ricin A chain, abrin, alpha sarcin, aspergillin, restrictocin, ribonucleases, bacterial endotoxin, the lipid A moiety of bacterial endotoxin, bouganin, and cholera toxin. Other examples of cytotoxic agents include, but are not limited to, peptides derived from proteins involved in apoptosis, such as Bcl-x, Bax, or Bad. In one embodiment, the cytotoxic agent is Pseudomonas exotoxin A or a fragment thereof. In a specific embodiment, the cytotoxic agent is a fragment of Pseudomonas exotoxin A that lacks the native receptor binding domain and contains the translocation and ADP-ribosylation domains of Pseudomonas exotoxin A. In another specific embodiment, the cytotoxic agent is a fragment of Pseudomonas exotoxin A that has been modified at its carboxyl terminus so that it has the amino acid sequence Lys-Asp-Glu-Leu (KDEL).

In some embodiments of the above-described aspects, the regimens comprise the administration of an antibody that binds to 67LR over a period of 1 to 2 weeks, 1 to 3 months, 3 to 6 months, 1 to 12 months, or 6 to 12 months. In some other embodiments the regimens comprise the administration of an antibody that binds to 67LR over a longer period of time such as 9, 12, 24, 36, or 48 months or for the remainder of the patient's life.

In some embodiments of the above-described aspects, the regimens result in a reduction in the cancer cell population. In a specific embodiment, the regimens result in a 5% to 40%, preferably a 10% to 60%, and more preferably, a 20% to 98% reduction in the cancer cell population.

In certain embodiments of the above-described aspects, the regimens further comprise monitoring the cancer cell population in the patient. In specific embodiments, the monitoring comprises detecting in a specimen from said patient the amount of cancer cells in said specimen. The regimens, in specific embodiments, comprise administering a second effective amount of an antibody that binds to 67LR to the patient. In a specific embodiment, the amount of cancer cells expressing 67LR is monitored using an antibody that binds to 67LR.

In some embodiments of the above-described aspects, the regimens result in a reduction in the cancer stem cell population. In a specific embodiment, the regimens result in a 5% to 40%, preferably a 10% to 60%, and more preferably, a 20% to 98% reduction in the cancer stem cell population.

In certain embodiments of the above-described aspects, the regimens further comprise the administration of an additional therapy to the patient, wherein an antibody that binds to 67LR and the additional therapy are administered separately, concurrently, or sequentially. The additional therapy can be, for example, chemotherapy, radioimmunotherapy, hormonal therapy, small molecule therapy, biologic therapy, toxin therapy, prodrug-activating enzyme therapy, surgical therapy, immunotherapy, anti-angiogenic therapy, radiation therapy, epigenetic therapy, demethylation therapy, histone deacetylase inhibitor therapy, differentiation therapy, targeted therapy or any combination thereof. In a specific embodiment, the additional therapy is chemotherapy, wherein the regimen comprises the administration of an antibody that binds to 67LR in combination with an additional therapy. The antibody that binds to 67LR and the additional therapy can be administered separately, concurrently, or sequentially.

3.1 DEFINITIONS

As used herein, the term “agent” refers to any molecule, compound, and/or substance for use in the treatment and/or diagnosis of cancer.

As used herein, the terms “about” or “approximately”, unless otherwise indicated, refer to a value that is no more than 10% above or below the value being modified by the term.

As used herein, the term “antibodies” refer to molecules that contain an antigen binding site, e.g., immunoglobulins. Immunoglobulin molecules can be of any type (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD, IgA and IgY), class (e.g., IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA1 and IgA2) or subclass. Antibodies include, but are not limited to, monoclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies, human antibodies, humanized antibodies, camelized antibodies, chimeric antibodies, single domain antibodies, single chain Fvs (scFv), single chain antibodies, Fab fragments, F(ab′) fragments, disulfide-linked Fvs (sdFv), and anti-idiotopic (anti-Id) antibodies (including, e.g., anti-Id antibodies to antibodies of the invention), and epitope-binding fragments of any of the above. The term antibody will include any protein sequence that confers specificity or binding to its target epitope. Any use of the term antibody will include these permutations.

As used herein, the terms “antibody conjugate(s)” and “antibody fragment conjugate(s)” refer to a conjugate(s) of an antibody or antibody fragment that is prepared by way of a synthetic chemical reaction(s) or as a recombinant fusion protein(s). The term antibody conjugate includes any domain or sequence from an antibody that confers specificity for binding its target, including, but not limited to the permutations described in the definition for “antibody” above.

As used herein, the term “administer continuously,” in the context of administration of a therapy to a subject, refers to the administration of a therapy to a subject at a frequency that is expected to maintain a specific plasma concentration of the therapy. For instance, in some embodiments of the therapies that are administered continuously, the administration to the subject is at a frequency that is expected to maintain less than a 50% change in the plasma concentration of the therapy, e.g., a 20-50% change, a 10-30% change, a 5-25% change, or a 1-20% change in plasma concentration of the therapy.

As used herein, the term “amount,” as used in the context of the amount of a particular cell population or cells, refers to the frequency, quantity, percentage, relative amount, or number of the particular cell population or cells.

As used herein, the term “bind” or “bind(s)” refers to any interaction, whether direct or indirect, that affects the specified receptor or receptor subunit.

As used herein, the term “cancer” refers to a neoplasm or tumor resulting from abnormal uncontrolled growth of cells. Non-limiting examples include those cancers described in Section 5.4.3, infra. The term “cancer” encompasses a disease involving both pre-malignant and malignant cancer cells. In some embodiments, cancer refers to a localized overgrowth of cells that has not spread to other parts of a subject, i.e., a benign tumor. In other embodiments, cancer refers to a malignant tumor, which has invaded and destroyed neighbouring body structures and spread to distant sites. In yet other embodiments, the cancer is associated with a specific cancer antigen.

As used herein, the term “cancer cells” refers to cells that acquire a characteristic set of functional capabilities during their development, including the ability to evade apoptosis, self-sufficiency in growth signals, insensitivity to anti-growth signals, tissue invasion/metastasis, significant growth potential, and/or sustained angiogenesis. The term “cancer cell” is meant to encompass both pre-malignant and malignant cancer cells.

As used herein, the term “cancer stem cell(s)” refers to a cell that can be a progenitor of a highly proliferative cancer cell. A cancer stem cell has the ability to re-grow a tumor as demonstrated by its ability to form tumors in immunocompromised mice, and typically to form tumors upon subsequent serial transplantation in immunocompromised mice. Cancer stem cells are also typically slow-growing relative to the bulk of a tumor; that is, cancer stem cells are generally quiescent. In certain embodiments, but not all, the cancer stem cell may represent approximately 0.1 to 10% of a tumor.

As used herein, the term “compound” refers to any agent that is being tested for its ability to bind to 67LR or has been identified as binding to 67LR, including the particular antibodies provided herein or incorporated by reference herein. In one embodiment, a compound is purified (e.g., 85%, 90%, 95%, 99%, or 99.9% pure). Such compounds for example, generally include any agent comprised of two or more atoms or ions of two or more elements in chemical combination wherein the constituents are united by bonds or valence forces (see Hawley's Condensed Chemical Dictionary, Thirteenth Edition, 1997). Non-limiting examples of compounds include, but are not limited to, proteinaceous molecules, including, but not limited to, peptides (including dimers and multimers of such peptides), polypeptides, proteins, including post-translationally modified proteins, conjugates, antibodies, antibody fragments, antibody conjugates, small molecules, including inorganic or organic compounds; nucleic acid molecules including, but not limited to, double-stranded or single-stranded DNA, or double-stranded or single-stranded RNA, antisense RNA, RNA interference (RNAi) molecules (e.g., small interfering RNA (siRNA), micro-RNA (miRNA), short hairpin RNA (shRNA), etc.), intron sequences, triple helix nucleic acid molecules and aptamers; carbohydrates; and lipids.

As used herein, the term “cytotoxin” or the phrase “cytotoxic agent” refers to an antibody that exhibits an adverse effect on cell growth or viability. Included in this definition are compounds that kill cells or which impair them with respect to growth, longevity, or proliferative activity.

As used herein, the term “derivative” in the context of proteinaceous agent (e.g., proteins, polypeptides, peptides, and antibodies) refers to a proteinaceous agent that comprises an amino acid sequence which has been altered by the introduction of amino acid residue substitutions, deletions, and/or additions. The term “derivative” as used herein also refers to a proteinaceous agent which has been modified, i.e., by the covalent attachment of any type of molecule to the proteinaceous agent. For example, but not by way of limitation, an antibody may be modified, e.g., by glycosylation, acetylation, pegylation, phosphorylation, amidation, derivatization by known protecting/blocking groups, proteolytic cleavage, linkage to a cellular ligand or other protein, etc. A derivative of a proteinaceous agent may be produced by chemical modifications using techniques known to those of skill in the art, including, but not limited to specific chemical cleavage, acetylation, formylation, metabolic synthesis in the presence of tunicamycin, etc. Further, a derivative of a proteinaceous agent may contain one or more non-classical amino acids. A derivative of a proteinaceous agent possesses a similar or identical function as the proteinaceous agent from which it was derived. The term “derivative” in the context of a proteinaceous agent also refers to a proteinaceous agent that possesses a similar or identical function as a second proteinaceous agent (i.e., the proteinaceous agent from which the derivative was derived) but does not necessarily comprise a similar or identical amino acid sequence of the second proteinaceous agent, or possess a similar or identical structure of the second proteinaceous agent. A proteinaceous agent that has a similar amino acid sequence refers to a second proteinaceous agent that satisfies at least one of the following: (a) a proteinaceous agent having an amino acid sequence that is at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or at least 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of a second proteinaceous agent; (b) a proteinaceous agent encoded by a nucleotide sequence that hybridizes under stringent conditions to a nucleotide sequence encoding a second proteinaceous agent of at least 5 contiguous amino acid residues, at least 10 contiguous amino acid residues, at least 15 contiguous amino acid residues, at least 20 contiguous amino acid residues, at least 25 contiguous amino acid residues, at least 40 contiguous amino acid residues, at least 50 contiguous amino acid residues, at least 60 contiguous amino residues, at least 70 contiguous amino acid residues, at least 80 contiguous amino acid residues, at least 90 contiguous amino acid residues, at least 100 contiguous amino acid residues, at least 125 contiguous amino acid residues, or at least 150 contiguous amino acid residues; and (c) a proteinaceous agent encoded by a nucleotide sequence that is at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or at least 99% identical to the nucleotide sequence encoding a second proteinaceous agent. A proteinaceous agent with similar structure to a second proteinaceous agent refers to a proteinaceous agent that has a similar secondary, tertiary or quaternary structure to the second proteinaceous agent. The structure of a proteinaceous agent can be determined by methods known to those skilled in the art, including but not limited to, peptide sequencing, X-ray crystallography, nuclear magnetic resonance, circular dichroism, and crystallographic electron microscopy. In a specific embodiment, a derivative is a functionally active derivative.

As used herein, the phrase “diagnostic agent” refers to any molecule, compound, and/or substance that is used for the purpose of diagnosing cancer. Non-limiting examples of diagnostic agents include antibodies, antibody fragments, or other proteins, including those conjugated to a detectable agent. As used herein, the term “detectable agents” refer to any molecule, compound and/or substance that is detectable by any methodology available to one of skill in the art. Non-limiting examples of detectable agents include dyes, gases, metals, or radioisotopes.

As used herein, the term “effective amount” refers to the amount of a therapy that is sufficient to result in the prevention of the development, recurrence, or onset of cancer and one or more symptoms thereof, to enhance or improve the prophylactic effect(s) of another therapy, reduce the severity, the duration of cancer, ameliorate one or more symptoms of cancer, prevent the advancement of cancer, cause regression of cancer, and/or enhance or improve the therapeutic effect(s) of another therapy. In an embodiment of the invention, the amount of a therapy is effective to achieve one, two, three or more of the following results following the administration of one, two, three or more therapies: (1) a stabilization, reduction or elimination of the cancer stem cell population; (2) a stabilization, reduction or elimination in the cancer cell population; (3) a stabilization or reduction in the growth of a tumor or neoplasm; (4) an impairment in the formation of a tumor; (5) eradication, removal, or control of primary, regional and/or metastatic cancer; (6) a reduction in mortality; (7) an increase in disease-free, relapse-free, progression-free, and/or overall survival, duration, or rate; (8) an increase in the response rate, the durability of response, or number of patients who respond or are in remission; (9) a decrease in hospitalization rate; (10) a decrease in hospitalization lengths; (11) the size of the tumor is maintained and does not increase or increases by less than 10%, preferably less than 5%, preferably less than 4%, preferably less than 2%; (12) an increase in the number of patients in remission; (13) an increase in the length or duration of remission; (14) a decrease in the recurrence rate of cancer; (15) an increase in the time to recurrence of cancer; and (16) an amelioration of cancer-related symptoms and/or quality of life.

As used herein, the phrase “elderly human” refers to a human between 65 years old or older, preferably 70 years old or older.

As used herein, the phrase “human adult” refers to a human 18 years of age or older.

As used herein, the phrase “human child” refers to a human between 24 months of age and 18 years of age.

As used herein, the phrase “human infant” refers to a human less than 24 months of age, preferably less than 12 months of age, less than 6 months of age, less than 3 months of age, less than 2 months of age, or less than 1 month of age.

As used herein, the phrase “human patient” refers to any human, whether elderly, an adult, child, or infant.

As used herein, the term “binds to 67LR” and analogous terms refer to peptides, polypeptides, proteins, fusion proteins, small molecules, antibodies, or antibody conjugates or fragments thereof that bind 67LR or a fragment thereof and do not bind to other antigens. A peptide, polypeptide, protein, antibodies, or antibody conjugates or fragments thereof that binds to 67LR or a fragment thereof may bind to other peptides, polypeptides, or proteins with lower affinity as determined by, e.g., immunoassays, BIAcore, or other assays known in the art. Antibodies or fragments that bind to an antigen may be cross-reactive with related antigens. Preferably, antibodies or fragments that bind to an antigen do not cross-react with other antigens. An antibody binds to an antigen when it binds to the antigen with higher affinity than to any cross-reactive antigen as determined using experimental techniques, such as radioimmunoassays (RIAs) and enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs). See, e.g., Paul, ed., 1989, Fundamental Immunology, 2^(nd) ed., Raven Press, New York at pages 332-336 for a discussion regarding antibody specificity.

As used herein, the term “in combination” in the context of the administration of a therapy to a subject refers to the use of more than one therapy (e.g., prophylactic and/or therapeutic). The use of the term “in combination” does not restrict the order in which the therapies (e.g., a first and second therapy) are administered to a subject. A therapy can be administered prior to (e.g., 1 minute, 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeks before), concomitantly with, or subsequent to (e.g., 1 minute, 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeks after) the administration of a second therapy to a subject which had, has, or is susceptible to cancer. The therapies are administered to a subject in a sequence and within a time interval such that the therapies can act together. In a particular embodiment, the therapies are administered to a subject in a sequence and within a time interval such that they provide an increased benefit than if they were administered otherwise. Any additional therapy can be administered in any order with the other additional therapy.

As used herein, the term “marker” in the context of a cell or tissue (e.g., a normal or cancer cell or tumor) means any antigen, molecule or other chemical or biological entity that is found in or on a tissue that it is desired to identify a particular tissue affected by a disease or disorder. In specific embodiments, the marker is a cell surface antigen that is differentially or preferentially expressed by specific cell types. For example, a leukemia cancer stem cell differentially expresses CD123 relative to a normal hematopoietic stem cell.

As used herein, the term “marker phenotype” in the context of a tissue (e.g., a normal or cancer cell or a tumor) means any combination of antigens (e.g., receptors and ligands), molecules or other chemical or biological entities that are found in or on a tissue that it is desired to identify a particular tissue affected by a disease or disorder. In specific embodiments, the marker phenotype is a cell surface phenotype. In accordance with this embodiment, the cell surface phenotype may be determined by detecting the expression of a combination of cell surface antigens. Non-limiting examples of cell surface phenotypes of cancer stem cells of certain tumor types include CD34⁺/CD38⁻, CD34⁺/CD38⁻CD123⁺, CD44⁺/CD24⁻, CD133⁺, CD34⁺/CD10⁻/CD19⁻, CD138⁻/CD34⁻/CD19⁺, CD133⁺/RC2⁺, CD44⁺/α₂β₁ ^(hi)/CD133⁺, CLL-1, SLAMs, and other cancer stem cell surface phenotypes mentioned herein, as well as those that are known in the art.

As used herein, the phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable” means approved by a regulatory agency of the federal or a state government, or listed in the U.S. Pharmacopeia, European Pharmacopeia, or other generally recognized pharmacopeia for use in animals, and more particularly, in humans.

As used herein, the term “predetermined reference range” refers to a reference range for the particular biological entity, e.g., cancer stem cell, for a subject or a population of subjects. Each laboratory may establish its own reference range for each particular assay, or a standard reference range for each assay may be made available and used locally, regionally, nationally, or worldwide or may be patient-specific. In one specific embodiment, the term refers to a reference range for the amount of cancer stem cells in a patient (e.g., as determined by in vivo imaging) or a specimen from a patient. In another specific embodiment, the term refers to a reference range for the amount of cancer cells in a patient (e.g. as described by in vivo imaging) or a specimen from a patient.

As used herein, the term “prophylactically effective regimen” refers to an effective regimen for dosing, timing, frequency and duration of the administration of one or more therapies for the prevention of cancer or a symptom thereof. In a specific embodiment, the regimen achieves one, two, or three or more of the following results: (1) a stabilization, reduction or elimination of the cancer stem cell population; (2) a stabilization, reduction or elimination in the cancer cell population; (3) a stabilization or reduction in the growth of a tumor or neoplasm; (4) an impairment in the formation of a tumor; (5) eradication, removal, or control of primary, regional and/or metastatic cancer; (6) a reduction in mortality; (7) an increase in disease-free, relapse-free, progression-free, and/or overall survival, duration, or rate; (8) an increase in the response rate, the durability of response, or number of patients who respond or are in remission; (9) a decrease in hospitalization rate; (10) a decrease in hospitalization lengths; (11) the size of the tumor is maintained and does not increase or increases by less than 10%, preferably less than 5%, preferably less than 4%, preferably less than 2%; (12) an increase in the number of patients in remission; (13) an increase in the length or duration of remission; (14) a decrease in the recurrence rate of cancer; (15) an increase in the time to recurrence of cancer; and (16) an amelioration of cancer-related symptoms and/or quality of life.

As used herein, the term “refractory” is most often determined by failure to reach clinical endpoint, e.g., response, extended duration of response, extended disease free survival, relapse free survival, progression free survival, and overall survival. Another way to define being refractory to a therapy is that a patient has failed to achieve a response to a therapy such that the therapy is determined to not be therapeutically effective.

As used herein, the term “significantly,” as used in the context of purging of the bone marrow or peripheral blood of cancer stem cells refers to a decrease in cancer stem cells by least 50%, 60%, 75%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or by at least 99%.

As used herein, the term “small reduction”, in the context of a particular cell population (e.g., circulating endothelial cells and/or circulating endothelial progenitors) refers to less than a 30% reduction in the cell population (e.g., the circulating endothelial cell population and/or the circulating endothelial progenitor population).

As used herein, the term “stabilizing” and analogous terms, when used in the context of a cancer stem cell population or cancer cell population, refer to the prevention of an increase in the cancer stem cell population or cancer cell population, respectively. In other words, the amount of cancer stem cells or the amount of cancer cells that a cancer is composed of is maintained, and does not increase, or increases by less than 10%, preferably less than 5%.

As used herein, the term “synergistic” refers to a combination of therapies which is more effective than the additive effects of any two or more single therapies. A synergistic effect of a combination of therapies permits the use of lower dosages of one or more of therapies and/or less frequent administration of said therapies to a subject. The ability to utilize lower dosages of therapies and/or to administer said therapies less frequently reduces the toxicity associated with the administration of said therapies to a subject without reducing the efficacy of said therapies in the treatment of cancer. In addition, a synergistic effect can result in improved efficacy of therapeutic modalities in the prevention or treatment of cancer. Finally, the synergistic effect of a combination of therapies may avoid or reduce adverse or unwanted side effects associated with the use of any single therapy.

As used herein, the terms “subject” and “patient” are used interchangeably. As used herein, the term “subject” refers to an animal, preferably a mammal such as a non-primate (e.g., cows, pigs, horses, cats, dogs, rats etc.) and a primate (e.g., monkey and human), and most preferably a human. In some embodiments, the subject is a non-human animal such as a farm animal (e.g., a horse, pig, or cow) or a pet (e.g., a dog or cat). In a specific embodiment, the subject is an elderly human. In another embodiment, the subject is a human adult. In another embodiment, the subject is a human child. In yet another embodiment, the subject is a human infant.

As used herein, the term “therapeutically effective regimen” refers to a regimen for dosing, timing, frequency, and duration of the administration of one or more therapies for the treatment and/or management of cancer or a symptom thereof. In a specific embodiment, the regimen achieves one, two, three, or more of the following results: (1) a stabilization, reduction or elimination of the cancer stem cell population; (2) a stabilization, reduction or elimination in the cancer cell population; (3) a stabilization or reduction in the growth of a tumor or neoplasm; (4) an impairment in the formation of a tumor; (5) eradication, removal, or control of primary, regional and/or metastatic cancer; (6) a reduction in mortality; (7) an increase in disease-free, relapse-free, progression-free, and/or overall survival, duration, or rate; (8) an increase in the response rate, the durability of response, or number of patients who respond or are in remission; (9) a decrease in hospitalization rate; (10) a decrease in hospitalization lengths; (11) the size of the tumor is maintained and does not increase or increases by less than 10%, preferably less than 5%, preferably less than 4%, preferably less than 2%; (12) an increase in the number of patients in remission; (13) an increase in the length or duration of remission; (14) a decrease in the recurrence rate of cancer; (15) an increase in the time to recurrence of cancer; and (16) an amelioration of cancer-related symptoms and/or quality of life.

As used herein, the term “therapeutic agent” refers to any molecule, compound, and/or substance that is used for the purpose of treating and/or managing cancer. Examples of therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, proteins, immunoglobulins (e.g., multi-specific Igs, single chain Igs, Ig fragments, polyclonal antibodies and their fragments, monoclonal antibodies and their fragments), antibody conjugates or antibody fragment conjugates, peptides (e.g., peptide receptors, selectins), binding proteins, chemospecific agents, chemotoxic agents (e.g., anti-cancer agents), radiation, chemotherapy, anti-angiogenic agents, and small molecule drugs. Therapeutic agents may be a(n) anti-angiogenesis therapy, targeted therapy, radioimmunotherapy, small molecule therapy, biologic therapy, epigenetic therapy, toxin therapy, differentiation therapy, pro-drug activating enzyme therapy, antibody therapy, chemotherapy, radiation therapy, hormonal therapy, immunotherapy, or protein therapy.

As used herein, the terms “therapies” and “therapy” can refer to any method(s), composition(s), and/or agent(s) that can be used in the treatment of a cancer or one or more symptoms thereof. In certain embodiments, the terms “therapy” and “therapies” refer to chemotherapy, radiation therapy, radioimmunotherapy, hormonal therapy, targeted therapy, toxin therapy, pro-drug activating enayme therapy, protein therapy, antibody therapy, small molecule therapy, epigenetic therapy, demethylation therapy, histone deacetylase inhibitor therapy, differentiation therapy, antiangiogenic therapy, biological therapy including immunotherapy and/or other therapies useful in the treatment of a cancer or one or more symptoms thereof.

As used herein, the terms “treat”, “treatment”, and “treating” in the context of the administration of a therapy to a subject refer to the reduction or inhibition of the progression and/or duration of cancer, the reduction or amelioration of the severity of cancer, and/or the amelioration of one or more symptoms thereof resulting from the administration of one or more therapies. In a specific embodiment, a patient that is at a high risk for developing cancer is treated, i.e., a patient that has been diagnosed with a 67LR positive precancerous lesion. In specific embodiments, such terms refer to one, two, or three or more results following the administration of one, two, three or more therapies: (1) a stabilization, reduction or elimination of the cancer stem cell population; (2) a stabilization, reduction or elimination in the cancer cell population; (3) a stabilization or reduction in the growth of a tumor or neoplasm; (4) an impairment in the formation of a tumor; (5) eradication, removal, or control of primary, regional and/or metastatic cancer; (6) a reduction in mortality; (7) an increase in disease-free, relapse-free, progression-free, and/or overall survival, duration, or rate; (8) an increase in the response rate, the durability of response, or number of patients who respond or are in remission; (9) a decrease in hospitalization rate; (10) a decrease in hospitalization lengths; (11) the size of the tumor is maintained and does not increase or increases by less than 10%, preferably less than 5%, preferably less than 4%, preferably less than 2%; (12) an increase in the number of patients in remission; (13) an increase in the length or duration of remission; (14) a decrease in the recurrence rate of cancer; (15) an increase in the time to recurrence of cancer; and (16) an amelioration of cancer-related symptoms and/or quality of life. In certain embodiments, such terms refer to a stabilization or reduction in the cancer stem cell population. In some embodiments, such terms refer to a stabilization or reduction in the growth of cancer cells. In some embodiments, such terms refer to a stabilization or reduction in the cancer stem cell population and a reduction in the cancer cell population. In some embodiments, such terms refer to a stabilization or reduction in the growth and/or formation of a tumor. In some embodiments, such terms refer to the eradication, removal, or control of primary, regional, or metastatic cancer (e.g., the minimization or delay of the spread of cancer). In some embodiments, such terms refer to a reduction in mortality and/or an increase in survival rate of a patient population. In further embodiments, such terms refer to an increase in the response rate, the durability of response, or number of patients who respond or are in remission. In some embodiments, such terms refer to a decrease in hospitalization rate of a patient population and/or a decrease in hospitalization length for a patient population.

Concentrations, amounts, cell counts, percentages, and other numerical values may be presented herein in a range format. It is to be understood that such range format is used merely for convenience and brevity and should be interpreted flexibly to include not only the numerical values explicitly recited as the limits of the range but also to include all the individual numerical values or sub-ranges encompassed within that range as if each numerical value and sub-range is explicitly recited.

4. FIGURES

FIG. 1: A. The histomorphology of normal human bladder epithelium is shown using hematoxylin and eosin (H&E) staining. B. The histomorphology of human SW780 bladder cancer xenograft tumors is shown using H&E staining. C. Immunohistochemistry staining of cytokeratin 17 (CK17) in normal human bladder epithelium. D. Immunohistochemistry staining of CK17 in a human SW780 bladder cancer tumor xenograft. E. Immunohistochemistry staining of cytokeratin 18 (CK18) in normal human bladder epithelium. F. Immunohistochemistry staining of CK18 in a human SW780 bladder cancer tumor xenograft. G. Immunohistochemistry staining of cytokeratin 20 (CK20) in normal human bladder epithelium. H. Immunohistochemistry staining of CK20 in a human SW780 bladder cancer tumor xenograft.

FIG. 2: A. Immunohistochemistry double staining of CK17 and 67 laminin receptor (67LR) in a human SW780 bladder cancer tumor xenograft. B. Immunohistochemistry double staining of CK20 and 67LR in a human SW780 bladder cancer tumor xenograft. C. Double immunofluorescence staining of CK17 and 67LR in in vivo cultured SW780 cells. D. Isolation of CK17 positive SW780 xenograft cells (R4) using 67LR staining by flow cytometry. Dead cells and mouse cells were eliminated by 7AAD positive staining and mMHCl positive staining, respectively.

FIG. 3: A. Sorted 67LR bright and dim cells were both stained with CK17 antibody. B. Different doses (2×10², 10³, 2×10³, 4×10³, 10⁴, 2×10⁴) of 67LR bright cells (67LR+mMHCl−), 67LR dim cells (67LR-mMHCl−), and bulk cells (mMHCl−) were injected into nude mice. The number of tumors formed and the number of injections that were performed are indicated for each population. C. H&E staining and immunohistochemistry staining of CK17, CK18, and CK20, respectively, is shown in a 67LR SW780 xenograft which was derived from subcutaneous injection of 67LR bright SW780 xenograft cells in nude mice. D. H&E staining and immunohistochemistry staining of CK18 is shown in a 67LR SW780 xenograft which was derived from subcutaneous injection of 67LR bright SW780 xenograft cells in nude mice.

5. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

The present invention provides a method of treating cancer in a patient (e.g., a human patient) in need thereof, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound that binds 67 laminin receptor (67LR). The present invention also provides a method of treating cancer in a patient (e.g., a human patient) in need thereof, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound that targets 67 laminin receptor (67LR). Non-limiting examples of compounds include, but are not limited to, proteinaceous molecules, including, but not limited to, peptides (including dimers and multimers of such peptides), polypeptides, proteins, including post-translationally modified proteins, conjugates, antibodies, antibody fragments, and antibody conjugates.

In particular, the present invention provides a method of treating cancer in a patient in need thereof comprising administering to a patient an antibody that binds to 67LR. The present invention also provides a method of treating cancer in a patient in need thereof comprising administering to a patient an antibody conjugate, wherein the antibody conjugate comprises an antibody that binds to the 67LR linked to a cytotoxic agent or otherwise anticellular moiety.

In particular, the present invention provides methods for treating cancer, the methods comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to the patient an antibody that binds to 67LR (as described in Section 5.1 infra). In some embodiments, the regimen results in a reduction of the cancer stem cell population. While not being bound by any specific theory, a reduction in the amount of cancer stem cells or the elimination of cancer stem cells in the patient ultimately improves prospects for relapse-free cancer survival. In specific embodiments, the regimens of the invention demonstrate cytotoxicity against cancer stem cells in comparison with stem cells obtained from healthy subjects. In some embodiments the regimens of the invention demonstrate cytotoxicity against cancer stem cells at tolerable doses.

The present invention also provides methods for inhibiting the proliferation or reducing a 67LR-expressing cell population, the methods comprising contacting a population of cells comprising 67LR-expressing cells with an antibody that binds to 67LR. In a specific embodiment, the present invention provides methods for inhibiting the proliferation or reducing the population of cancer stem cells expressing 67LR, the methods comprising contacting the 67LR-expressing cancer stem cell population with an antibody that binds to 67LR. In another embodiment, the present invention provides methods for inhibiting the proliferation or reducing the population of cancer cells expressing 67LR, the methods comprising contacting the 67LR-expressing cancer cell population with an antibody that binds to 67LR. In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides methods for inhibiting the proliferation or reducing the population of cancer cells and cancer stem cells expressing 67LR, the methods comprising contacting a population of cells comprising 67LR-expressing cancer cells and/or 67LR-expressing cancer stem cells with an antibody that binds to 67LR. In certain embodiments, the antibody reduces a cancer stem cell population and/or a cancer cell population by at least 10%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 65%, at least 75%, or at least 85% in an animal with or animal model for a cancer associated with 67LR-expressing cells relative to a negative control.

The present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising an antibody that binds to 67LR and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient. In one aspect, the invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising an antibody that binds to 67LR in an amount effective to reduce the amount of cancer stem cells and/or cancer cells in an animal with or animal model for urothelial carcinoma or another cancer associated with 67LR-expressing cells by about 10%, about 25%, about 30%, 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 65%, about 75% or more relative to a negative control.

The present invention provides antibody conjugates comprising an antibody that binds to 67LR linked to a cytotoxic agent or other moiety, and compositions comprising such conjugates and uses of such conjugates. The present invention provides compositions comprising an antibody conjugate of the invention and a carrier or excipient. In a specific embodiment, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising an antibody conjugate of the invention, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient. In a specific embodiment, the invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising an antibody conjugate of the invention in an amount effective to reduce the amount of cancer stem cells and/or cancer cells in an animal with or animal model for urothelial carcinoma or another cancer by about 10%, about 25%, about 30%, 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 65%, about 75% or more relative to a negative control. In some embodiments, the compositions of the invention comprise an agent in addition to the antibody conjugate. The present invention provides methods for inhibiting the proliferation, or reducing or eradicating the 67LR-expressing cell population, the methods comprising contacting a population of cells comprising 67LR-expressing cells with an antibody conjugate of the invention. The present invention also provides methods for treating a disorder associated with 67LR-expressing cells, the methods comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an antibody conjugate of the invention. The present invention also includes vaccines that generate an anti-67LR immune response to target cancer cells or cancer stem cells. These vaccines can be used as a therapeutic, a prophylactic, or in an adjuvant setting.

For clarity of disclosure, and not by way of limitation, the detailed description of the invention is divided into the subsections which follow.

5.1 Antibodies that Target 67LR

It should be recognized that antibodies that bind to and or target 67LR antigens are known in the art. Non-limiting examples of the antibodies that bind 67LR include, but are not limited to, mLuC5 (Martignone, et al., Clin Exp Metastasis 1992, 10(6):379-386); mLuC6 (Martignone, et al., Clin Exp Metastasis 1992, 10(6):379-386); ab711 (Wang, et al., The FASEB Journal 2006, 20:906-915); ab2508 (Wang, et al., The FASEB Journal 2006, 20:906-915); and an anti-LRP/LR antibody, W3 (Gauczynski, et al., The EMBO Journal 2001, 20(21): 5863-5875), and the LRP/LR antibodies disclosed in U.S. Publication No. 2007/0041977, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

Set forth below is a more detailed description of the anti-67LR antibodies encompassed within the various aspects of the invention. Such antibodies can be conjugated to cytotoxic agents or other moieties (e.g., an anticellular moiety) and used as potent and specific immunotoxins. Alternatively, the unconjugated antibodies (i.e., naked antibodies) can be used as prophylactic and therapeutic agents.

The present invention provides methods for assessing specificity, affinity, and cytotoxicity of antibodies and antibody conjugates, such that the antibodies and antibody conjugates of the invention may be useful to target and impair cells expressing 67LR. The present invention provides antibodies that may differentially or preferentially bind to one or more epitopes on 67LR. The present invention provides methods for comparing various anti-67LR antibodies with respect to their differential epitope binding. The present invention provides methods for assessing the affinity of various anti-67LR antibodies for 67LR.

Antibodies of the invention include, but are not limited to, monoclonal antibodies, monospecific antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies, diabolizes, triabodies, tetrabodies, human antibodies, humanized antibodies, camelized antibodies, chimeric antibodies, single chain antibodies, single domain antibodies, Fab fragments, F(ab′) fragments, F(ab′)₂ fragments, Fv fragments (i.e., the smallest functional module of an antibody), single chain Fvs (scFv), disulfide-stabilized Fvs (dsFv), Fd, V_(H), V_(L), V_(α), V_(β), and anti-idiotypic (anti-Id) antibodies (including, e.g., anti-Id antibodies to antibodies of the invention), intrabodies, and epitope-binding fragments of any of the above. In some embodiments, the antibodies are monoclonal antibodies. In other embodiments, the antibodies are Fv fragments, including V_(H) and V_(L) regions.

In particular, antibodies of the present invention include immunoglobulin molecules and immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules, i.e., molecules that contain an antigen binding site that binds to a 67LR antigen. The immunoglobulin molecules of the invention can be of any type (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD, IgA, and IgY), class (e.g., IgG₁, IgG₂, IgG₃, IgG₄, IgA₁, and IgA₂), or subclass of immunoglobulin molecule. In a specific embodiment, an antibody of the invention is an IgG antibody. In another specific embodiment, an antibody of the invention is not an IgA antibody.

The antibodies of the invention may be from any animal origin including birds and mammals (e.g., human, mouse, donkey, sheep, rabbit, goat, guinea pig, camel, horse, or chicken). Preferably, the antibodies of the invention are human or humanized monoclonal antibodies. As used herein, “human” antibodies include antibodies having the amino acid sequence of a human immunoglobulin and include antibodies isolated from human immunoglobulin libraries or from mice that express antibodies from human genes.

The antibodies of the present invention may be monospecific, bispecific, trispecific, or of greater multispecificity. Multispecific antibodies may be specific for different epitopes of a 67LR polypeptide or may be specific for both a 67LR polypeptide as well as for a heterologous epitope, such as a heterologous polypeptide or solid support material, as long as such epitopes are not found in human tissues. See, e.g., PCT publications WO 93/17715, WO 92/08802, WO 91/00360, and WO 92/05793; Tutt, et al., J. Immunol. 147:60-69 (1991); U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,474,893, 4,714,681, 4,925,648, 5,573,920, and 5,601,819; and Kostelny, et al., J Immunol 148:1547-1553 (1992).

In one embodiment, antibodies of the invention bind to cells that express 67LR. In a specific embodiment, antibodies of the invention bind to a fragment of 67LR comprising 8 to 285, 8 to 275, 8 to 250, 8 to 200, 8 to 175, 8 to 150, 8 to 100, 8 to 50, 8 to 25, 15 to 50, 15 to 75, 15 to 100 or 15 to 150 amino acids amino acids of 67LR. In another embodiment, the antibodies of the invention bind to the extracellular domain of human 67LR or a fragment thereof.

An antibody of the invention may be composed of one or two polypeptide chains. In one embodiment, an Fv antibody that binds to 67LR is composed of a single polypeptide chain, where the V_(H) region is bound by an amino acid linker to the V_(L) chain region. In a preferred embodiment, such scFvs are stable at 37° C. for about 2 minutes, 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 15 minutes, 20 minutes, 25 minutes, 30 minutes, 1 hour, 1.5 hours, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5 hours, 6 hours, 7 hours, 12 hours, 14 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 1 month, 3 months, 6 months, 1 year or longer as assessed by a technique known to one of skill in the art or described herein. In another embodiment, the V_(H) region of an Fv antibody that binds to 67LR is bound to a V_(L) chain region through at least one disulfide linkage (e.g., formed between respective cysteines in each chain). In certain embodiments, the disulfide linked Fv chains have a reduced tendency to aggregate as measured by, e.g., HPLC, and have a longer serum half-life. Thus, in a specific embodiment, a disulfide-stabilized Fv (dsFv) antibody comprises at least two polypeptides linked by at least one disulfide linkage. The two polypeptides can be separated by a termination codon and downstream initiation codon and ribosome binding site, so that the chains are encoded as separate open reading frames, or they can be additionally joined by a peptide linker. In order to provide disulfide covalent bonds between the V_(H) and V_(L) chains of dsFv fragments, cysteine residues are necessary. Cysteine residues can be introduced in the proper position of each V_(H) and V_(L), determined by alignment to reference sequences, by standard molecular biology techniques (e.g., site directed mutagenesis). See Pastan, et al., U.S. Pat. No. 6,147,203, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety, especially columns 5-7.

In another embodiment, the V_(L) and V_(H) sequences will be followed respectively by part or all of the light and heavy chain constant regions, e.g., the whole kappa light chain constant region and the C_(H1) domain of the heavy chain constant region, with or without the heavy chain hinge domain. Thus, the genes encoding the antibody segments may occur in any order on a single plasmid, or may be expressed separately from separate plasmids. For example, in another embodiment of the invention, the V_(L) gene and any light chain constant region will be on one plasmid, while the V_(H) gene and any heavy chain constant region will be on a second plasmid. In either case, the V_(L) and/or V_(H) genes may be preceded by a signal sequence that directs the secretion of the recombinant fusion protein from the cell. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,147,203, 6,074,644, 6,051,405 which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

In another embodiment, the invention provides for single chain antibodies, in which the antibody comprises the V_(L) or V_(H) regions alone, rather than as components of Fv fragments. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,074,644, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

An antibody can also be conjugated to a second antibody to form an antibody heteroconjugate as described by Segal in U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In a specific embodiment, two or more antibodies are cross-linked to each to produce a bispecific or multispecific antibody.

In one embodiment, an antibody of the invention is not only found to be specific for 67LR but also binds with very high affinity, based on binding assays using 67LR-expressing cell lines. In another embodiment, an antibody of the invention is not only found to be specific for 67LR but also binds an epitope that overlaps with that bound by the mLuC5 antibody. In other embodiments, an antibody of the invention is not only found to be specific for 67LR but also binds an epitope that overlaps with that bound by the mLuC6, ab711, ab2508, or W3 antibody.

In one embodiment, antibodies with high affinity and specificity are chosen for conjugation to a cytotoxic agent, and they are then assessed for their ability to selectively and potently kill 67LR-expressing cells. In a specific embodiment, the 67LR antibody binds an epitope that overlaps that of an antibody known to cause specific cytotoxicity to 67LR-expressing cells. For example, in one embodiment, a 67LR antibody is tested for epitope overlap with the anti-67LR antibody mLuC5, as assessed by the following competition assay: cells that bear 67LR are incubated with an excess of the mLuC5 antibody for 1 hour at 4° C., followed by incubation for 1 hour with an excess of the second 67LR antibody. If the two antibodies bind to an overlapping epitope, the amount bound by the combination will be close to that of either single antibody, whereas if the two antibodies bind to different epitopes, the signal from the combination would be close to the sum of two individual values. Bound antibody is detected with the fluorescently-labeled secondary antibody R-PE (phycoerythrin)-labeled goat F(ab′)₂ anti-rabbit IgG (BioSource) or other appropriate specific fluorescently-labeled probe. In other embodiments, a 67LR antibody is tested for epitope overlap with the anti-67LR antibody mLuC5.

In one embodiment, a 67LR antibody binds to the same epitope as the mLuC5, mLuC6, ab711, ab2508, or W3 antibody as assessed by a competition assay known to one of skill in the art or described herein. In another alternative embodiment, the 67LR antibody does not bind to the same epitope as the mLuC5, mLuC6, ab711, ab2508, or W3 antibody, as assessed by a competition assay known to one of skill in the art or described herein.

The present invention provides antibodies that exhibit a high association rate (k_(on)) value in an assay known to one of skill in the art or described herein, e.g., a plasmon resonance assay. See, e.g., U.S. Application Publication No. 20020098189 (which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) for methods for producing and identifying antibodies with a high k_(on) value. In a specific embodiment, an antibody of the present invention has an association rate constant or k_(on) rate (antibody (Ab)+antigen (Ag)^(k) ^(on) →Ab−Ag) of at least 2×10⁵ M⁻¹s⁻¹, at least 5×10⁵ M⁻¹s⁻¹, at least 10⁶ M⁻¹s⁻¹, at least 5×10⁶ M⁻¹s⁻¹, at least 10⁷ M⁻¹s⁻¹, at least 5×10⁷ M⁻¹s⁻¹, or at least 10⁸ M⁻¹s⁻¹.

The present invention provides antibodies that have a low dissociation rate (k_(off)) in an assay known to one of skill in the art or described herein, e.g., a plasmon resonance assay. In a specific embodiment, an antibody of the invention has a k_(off) rate (antibody (Ab)+antigen (Ag)K^(off)→Ab−Ag) of less than 10⁻³s⁻¹, less than 5×10⁻³ s⁻¹ less than 10⁻⁴ s⁻¹ less than 5×10⁻⁴s⁻¹, less than 10⁻⁵ s⁻¹, less than 5×10⁻⁵ s⁻¹ less than 10⁻⁶ s⁻¹, less than 5×10⁻⁶ s⁻¹, less than 10⁻⁷ s⁻¹ less than 5×10⁻⁷ s⁻¹ less than 10⁻⁸ s⁻¹, less than 5×10⁻⁸ s⁻¹, less than 10⁻⁹ s⁻¹, less than 5×10⁻⁹ s⁻¹, or less than 10⁻¹⁰s⁻¹.

The present invention provides antibodies that bind to 67LR with high affinity. In a specific embodiment, an antibody of the invention has an affinity constant or K_(a) (k_(on)/k_(off)) of at least 5×10⁶ M⁻¹, at least 10⁷ M⁻¹, at least 5×10⁷ M⁻¹, at least 10⁸ M⁻¹, at least 5×10⁸ M⁻¹, at least 10⁹ M⁻¹, at least 5×10⁹ M⁻¹, at least 10¹⁰ M⁻¹, at least 5×10¹⁰ M⁻¹, at least 10¹¹ M⁻¹, at least 5×10¹¹ M⁻¹, at least 10¹² M⁻¹, at least 5×10¹² M⁻¹, at least 10¹³ M⁻¹, at least 5×10¹³ M⁻¹, at least 10¹⁴ M⁻¹, at least 5×10¹⁴ M⁻¹, at least 10¹⁵ M⁻¹, or at least 5×10¹⁵ M⁻¹. In another embodiment, the antibodies of the invention have a K_(a) of between 5×10⁶ M⁻¹ to 5×10¹⁵ M⁻¹, 1×10⁷ M⁻¹ to 5×10¹² M⁻¹, or 5×10⁷ M⁻¹ to 5×10⁻¹⁰ M⁻¹.

In another embodiment, an antibody of the invention has a dissociation constant or K_(d) (k_(off)/k_(on)) of less than 5×10⁻³ M, less than 10⁻⁴ M, less than 5×10⁻⁴ M, less than 10⁻⁵ M, less than 5×10⁻⁵ M, less than 10⁻⁶ M, less than 5×10⁻⁶ M, less than 10⁻⁷ M, less than 5×10⁻⁷ M, less than 10⁻⁸ M, less than 5×10⁻⁸ M, less than 10⁻⁹ M, less than 5×10⁻⁹ M, less than 10⁻¹⁰ M, less than 5×10⁻¹⁰ M, less than 10⁻¹¹ M, less than 5×10⁻¹¹ M, less than 10⁻¹² M, less than 5×10⁻¹² M, less than 10⁻¹³ M, less than 5×10⁻¹³ M, less than 10⁻¹⁴ M, less than 5×10⁻¹⁴ M, less than 10⁻¹⁵ M, or less than 5×10⁻¹⁵ M. In another embodiment, the antibodies of the invention have a dissociation constant (K_(d)) of less than 4000 pM, less than 3700 pM, less than 3500 pM, less than 3000 pM, less than 2750 pM, less than 2500 pM, less than 2000 pM, less than 1500 pM, less than 1000 pM, less than 750 pM, less than 500 pM, less than 250 pM, less than 200 pM, less than 150 pM, less than 100 pM, or less than 75 pM as assessed using an assay described herein or known to one of skill in the art (e.g., a BIAcore assay). In a specific embodiment, the antibodies used in accordance with the methods of the invention bind to the 67LR antigen and have a dissociation constant (K_(D)) of between 25 to 4000 pM, 25 to 3750 pM, 25 to 3500 pM, or 25 to 3000 pM as assessed using an assay described herein or known to one of skill in the art (e.g., a BIAcore assay).

The present invention provides antibodies that have a half-maximal inhibitory concentration (IC₅₀) of less than 50 ng/ml, less than 45 ng/ml, less than 40 nM, less than 35 nM, or less than 30 nM as assessed by an assay known to one of skill in the art or described herein. In a specific embodiment, the antibodies of the invention have an IC₅₀ of between 25 ng/ml to 75 ng/ml, 25 ng/ml to 50 ng/ml, or 25 ng/ml to 40 ng/ml.

In a specific embodiment, the present invention provides antibodies that bind to 67LR, said antibodies comprising a V_(H) domain and/or V_(L) domain having the amino acid sequence of a V_(H) domain and/or V_(L) domain of mLuC5, mLuC6, ab711, ab2508, or W3 antibody. In some embodiments, the antibodies comprise a human constant region known to one of skill in the art.

In one embodiment, the present invention provides antibodies that bind to 67LR, said antibodies comprising one or more CDRs having the amino acid sequence of one or more CDRs of the mLuC5, mLuC6, ab711, ab2508, or W3 antibody. In another embodiment, the present invention provides antibodies that bind to 67LR, said antibodies comprising a combination of V_(H) CDRs and/or V_(L) CDRs having the amino acid sequence of V_(H) CDRs and/or V_(L) CDRs of the mLuC5 antibody. In another embodiment, the present invention provides antibodies that bind to 67LR, said antibodies comprising a combination of V_(H) CDRs and/or V_(L) CDRs having the amino acid sequence of V_(H) CDRs and/or V_(L) CDRs of the mLuC6 antibody. In another embodiment, the present invention provides antibodies that bind to 67LR, said antibodies comprising a combination of V_(H) CDRs and/or V_(L) CDRs having the amino acid sequence of V_(H) CDRs and/or V_(L) CDRs of the ab711 antibody. In another embodiment, the present invention provides antibodies that bind to 67LR, said antibodies comprising a combination of V_(H) CDRs and/or V_(L) CDRs having the amino acid sequence of V_(H) CDRs and/or V_(L) CDRs of the ab2508 antibody. In another embodiment, the present invention provides antibodies that bind to 67LR, said antibodies comprising a combination of V_(H) CDRs and/or V_(L) CDRs having the amino acid sequence of V_(H) CDRs and/or V_(L) CDRs of the W3 antibody.

Those skilled in the art will realize that additional modifications, deletions, insertions and the like may be made to the 67LR antibody. Especially, deletions or other changes may be made to the antibody in order to increase stability, affinity, specificity, or, when combined with the cytotoxic agent, cytotoxicity or other impairment to 67LR-expressing cells and/or to decrease non-specific cytotoxicity or impairment toward cells that lack 67LR antigens. Typical modifications include, but are not limited to, introduction of an upstream methionine for transcription initiation, mutation of residues to cysteine in V_(H) or V_(L) regions for the creation of disulfide linkages, etc. All such constructions may be made by methods of genetic engineering well known to those skilled in the art. Fragments, analogs, and derivatives of 67LR antibodies can be useful in the present invention provided that when fused to the cytotoxic agent portion of the conjugate, such fragments, analogs, and derivatives maintain the ability to bind native 67LR expressed on the surface of a cell. Preferably, the binding kinetics of the fragments, analogs, or derivatives remain the same or vary by no more than 25% (preferably, no more than 15%, 10% or 5%) as determined by an assay described herein.

To improve or alter the characteristics of 67LR antibodies, protein engineering may be employed. Recombinant DNA technology known to those skilled in the art can be used to create novel mutant proteins or “muteins” including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, additions, or fusion proteins. Such modified polypeptides can show, e.g., enhanced activity or increased stability. In addition, they may be purified in higher yields and show better solubility than the corresponding natural polypeptide, at least under certain purification and storage conditions. For instance, for many proteins, it is known in the art that one or more amino acids may be deleted from the amino terminus or carboxyl terminus without substantial loss of biological function.

Antibodies may be altered by random mutagenesis by error-prone PCR, random nucleotide insertion or other methods prior to recombination.

The present invention also provides antibodies that bind to 67LR, the antibodies comprising derivatives of the V_(H) domains, V_(H) CDRs, V_(L) domains, and V_(L) CDRs described herein. Standard techniques known to those of skill in the art can be used to introduce mutations in the nucleotide sequence encoding a molecule of the invention, including, for example, site directed mutagenesis and PCR mediated mutagenesis which results in amino acid substitutions. Preferably, the derivatives include less than 25 amino acid substitutions, less than 20 amino acid substitutions, less than 15 amino acid substitutions, less than 10 amino acid substitutions, less than 5 amino acid substitutions, less than 4 amino acid substitutions, less than 3 amino acid substitutions, or less than 2 amino acid substitutions relative to the original molecule. In a preferred embodiment, the derivatives have conservative amino acid substitutions that are made at one or more predicted non-essential amino acid residues. A “conservative amino acid substitution” is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a side chain with a similar charge. Families of amino acid residues having side chains with similar charges have been defined in the art. These families include amino acids with basic side chains (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine), non-polar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan), beta branched side chains (e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine). Alternatively, mutations can be introduced randomly along all or part of the coding sequence, such as by saturation mutagenesis, and the resultant mutants can be screened for biological activity to identify mutants that retain activity. Following mutagenesis, the encoded protein can be expressed and the activity of the protein can be determined.

The present invention provides antibodies that bind to 67LR, said antibodies comprising the amino acid sequence of the V_(H) and/or V_(L) domain or an antigen-binding fragment thereof of the mLuC5 antibody with one, two, three, four, five, six or more amino acid residue substitutions in the V_(H) and/or V_(L) domain or antigen-binding fragment. The present invention also provides antibodies that bind to 67LR, said antibodies comprising the amino acid sequence of the V_(H) and/or V_(L) domain or an antigen-binding fragment thereof of the mLuC5 antibody with one, two, three, four, five, six or more amino acid residue substitutions in one or more V_(H) CDRs and/or one or more V_(L) CDRs. In a specific embodiment, the amino acid substitution(s) is a conservative amino acid substitution(s).

In an embodiment, an antibody that binds to 67LR comprises the amino acid sequence of the V_(H) and/or V_(L) domain or an antigen-binding fragment thereof of the mLuC6 antibody with one, two, three, four, five, six or more amino acid residue substitutions in the V_(H) and/or V_(L) domain or antigen-binding fragment. The present invention also provides antibodies that bind to 67LR, said antibodies comprising the amino acid sequence of the V_(H) and/or V_(L) domain or an antigen-binding fragment thereof of the mLuC6 antibody with one, two, three, four, five, six or more amino acid residue substitutions in one or more V_(H) CDRs and/or one or more V_(L) CDRs. In a specific embodiment, the amino acid substitution(s) is a conservative amino acid substitution(s).

In another embodiment, an antibody that binds to 67LR comprises the amino acid sequence of the V_(H) and/or V_(L) domain or an antigen-binding fragment thereof of the ab711 antibody with one, two, three, four, five, six or more amino acid residue substitutions in the V_(H) and/or V_(L) domain or antigen-binding fragment. The present invention also provides antibodies that bind to 67LR, said antibodies comprising the amino acid sequence of the V_(H) and/or V_(L) domain or an antigen-binding fragment thereof of the ab711 antibody with one, two, three, four, five, six or more amino acid residue substitutions in one or more V_(H) CDRs and/or one or more V_(L) CDRs. In a specific embodiment, the amino acid substitution(s) is a conservative amino acid substitution(s).

In another embodiment, an antibody that binds to 67LR comprises the amino acid sequence of the V_(H) and/or V_(L) domain or an antigen-binding fragment thereof of the ab2508 antibody with one, two, three, four, five, six or more amino acid residue substitutions in the V_(H) and/or V_(L) domain or antigen-binding fragment. The present invention also provides antibodies that bind to 67LR, said antibodies comprising the amino acid sequence of the V_(H) and/or V_(L) domain or an antigen-binding fragment thereof of the ab2508 antibody with one, two, three, four, five, six or more amino acid residue substitutions in one or more V_(H) CDRs and/or one or more V_(L) CDRs. In a specific embodiment, the amino acid substitution(s) is a conservative amino acid substitution(s).

In another embodiment, an antibody that binds to 67LR comprises the amino acid sequence of the V_(H) and/or V_(L) domain or an antigen-binding fragment thereof of the W3 antibody with one, two, three, four, five, six or more amino acid residue substitutions in the V_(H) and/or V_(L) domain or antigen-binding fragment. The present invention also provides antibodies that bind to 67LR, said antibodies comprising the amino acid sequence of the V_(H) and/or V_(L) domain or an antigen-binding fragment thereof of the W3 antibody with one, two, three, four, five, six or more amino acid residue substitutions in one or more V_(H) CDRs and/or one or more V_(L) CDRs. In a specific embodiment, the amino acid substitution(s) is a conservative amino acid substitution(s).

The present invention also provides antibodies that bind to 67LR, said antibodies comprising the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy domain and/or variable light domain or an antigen-binding fragment thereof of the mLuC5 antibody with one or more amino acid residue substitutions in one or more V_(H) frameworks and/or one or more V_(L) frameworks. In one embodiment, the antibody that binds to 67LR comprises the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy domain and/or variable light domain or an antigen-binding fragment thereof of the mLuC6 antibody with one or more amino acid residue substitutions in one or more V_(H) frameworks and/or one or more V_(L) frameworks. In one embodiment, the antibody that bind to 67LR comprises the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy domain and/or variable light domain or an antigen-binding fragment thereof of the ab711 antibody with one or more amino acid residue substitutions in one or more V_(H) frameworks and/or one or more V_(L) frameworks. In one embodiment, the antibody that binds to 67LR comprises the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy domain and/or variable light domain or an antigen-binding fragment thereof of the ab2508 antibody with one or more amino acid residue substitutions in one or more V_(H) frameworks and/or one or more V_(L) frameworks. In one embodiment, the antibody that binds to 67LR comprises the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy domain and/or variable light domain or an antigen-binding fragment thereof of the W3 antibody with one or more amino acid residue substitutions in one or more V_(H) frameworks and/or one or more V_(L) frameworks. The antibody generated by introducing substitutions in the V_(H) domain, V_(H) CDRs, V_(L) domain, V_(L) CDRs, and/or frameworks of the mLuC5, mLuC6, ab711, ab2508, or W3 antibodies can be tested in vitro and/or in vivo, for example, for its ability to bind to a 67LR antigen, or for its ability to, when conjugated to a cytotoxin, kill or otherwise impair cells that express 67LR.

In a specific embodiment, an antibody that binds to 67LR comprises an amino acid sequence encoded by a nucleotide sequence that hybridizes to the nucleotide sequence(s) encoding the mLuC5, mLuC6, ab711, ab2508, or W3 antibody or an antigen-binding fragment thereof under stringent conditions, e.g., hybridization to filter-bound DNA in 6× sodium chloride/sodium citrate (SSC) at about 45 followed by one or more washes in 0.2×SSC/0.1% SDS at about 50-65° C., under highly stringent conditions, e.g., hybridization to filter-bound nucleic acid in 6×SSC at about 45° C. followed by one or more washes in 0.1×SSC/0.2% SDS at about 68° C., or under other stringent hybridization conditions that are known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Ausubel, et al., eds., 1989, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Vol. I, Green Publishing Associates, Inc. and John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York at pages 6.3.1-6.3.6 and 2.10.3).

In another embodiment, an antibody that binds to 67LR comprises an amino acid sequence of a V_(H) domain and/or an amino acid sequence a V_(L) domain encoded by a nucleotide sequence that hybridizes to the nucleotide sequence encoding the V_(H) and/or V_(L) domains of the mLuC5, mLuC6, ab711, ab2508, or W3 antibody under stringent conditions, e.g., hybridization to filter-bound DNA in 6×SSC at about 45° C. followed by one or more washes in 0.2×SSC/0.1% SDS at about 50-65° C., under highly stringent conditions, e.g., hybridization to filter-bound nucleic acid in 6×SSC at about 45° C. followed by one or more washes in 0.1×SSC/0.2% SDS at about 68° C., or under other stringent hybridization conditions that are known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Ausubel, et al., eds., 1989, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Vol. I, Green Publishing Associates, Inc. and John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York at pages 6.3.1-6.3.6 and 2.10.3).

In another embodiment, an antibody that binds to 67LR comprises an amino acid sequence of a V_(H) CDR and/or an amino acid sequence of a V_(L) CDRs encoded by a nucleotide sequence that hybridizes to the nucleotide sequence encoding the V_(H) CDRs and/or V_(L) CDRs of the mLuC5, mLuC6, ab711, ab2508, or W3 antibody under stringent conditions, e.g., hybridization to filter-bound DNA in 6×SSC at about 45° C. followed by one or more washes in 0.2×SSC/0.1% SDS at about 50-65° C., under highly stringent conditions, e.g., hybridization to filter-bound nucleic acid in 6×SSC at about 45° C. followed by one or more washes in 0.1×SSC/0.2% SDS at about 68° C., or under other stringent hybridization conditions that are known to those of skill in the art.

In a specific embodiment, an antibody that binds to 67LR comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of the mLuC5, mLuC6, ab711, ab2508, or W3 antibody or an antigen-binding fragment thereof.

In another embodiment, an antibody that binds to 67LR comprises an amino acid sequence of a V_(H) domain and/or an amino acid sequence of a V_(L) domain that is at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% identical to the V_(H) domain and/or V_(L) domain of the mLuC5, mLuC6, ab711, ab2508, or W3 antibody. In another embodiment, an antibody that binds to 67LR comprises an amino acid sequence of one or more V_(H) CDRs and/or an amino acid sequence of one or more V_(L) CDRs that are at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% identical to one or more of the V_(H) CDRs and/or one or more of the V_(L) CDRs of the mLuC5, mLuC6, ab711, ab2508, or W3antibody.

The present invention also encompasses antibodies that compete with the mLuC5, mLuC6, ab711, ab2508, or W3 antibody for binding to 67LR (preferably, human 67LR). The invention also encompasses antibodies that compete with an antibody comprising the VH domain and VL domain of the mLuC5, mLuC6, ab711, ab2508, or W3 antibody or an antibody comprising the VH CDRs and VL CDRs of the mLuC5, mLuC6, ab711, ab2508, or W3 antibody for binding to the 67LR (preferably, the human 67LR). The present invention also encompasses polypeptides, proteins, and peptides comprising V_(L) domains and/or V_(H) domains that compete with a V_(L) domain and/or a V_(H) domain of the mLuC5, mLuC6, ab711, ab2508, or W3 antibody for binding to 67LR (preferably, the human 67LR). Further, the present invention encompasses polypeptides, proteins, and peptides comprising V_(L) CDRs and/or V_(H) CDRs that compete with a V_(L) CDR and/or V_(H) CDR of the mLuC5, mLuC6, ab711, ab2508, or W3 antibody for binding to 67LR (preferably, the human 67LR).

The antibodies of the invention include derivatives that are modified, i.e., by the covalent attachment of any type of molecule to the antibody such that covalent attachment does not adversely affect binding to the antigen or, in the case of antibody conjugates of the invention, adversely affect its ability to bind to 67LR and adversely affect its ability to kill or impair cells that express 67LR. For example, but not by way of limitation, the antibody derivatives include antibodies that have been modified, e.g., by glycosylation, acetylation, pegylation, phosphorylation, amidation, derivatization by known protecting/blocking groups, proteolytic cleavage, linkage to a cellular ligand or other protein, etc. Any of numerous chemical modifications may be carried out by known techniques, including, but not limited to specific chemical cleavage, acetylation, formylation, metabolic synthesis of tunicamycin, etc. Additionally, the derivative may contain one or more non-classical amino acids.

The present invention also provides antibodies that bind to 67LR that comprise a framework region known to those of skill in the art (e.g., a human or non-human fragment). The framework region may be naturally occurring or consensus framework regions. In one embodiment, the framework region of an antibody of the invention is human (see, e.g., Clothia, et al., 1998, J Mol Biol 278:457-479 for a listing of human framework regions, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety). In a specific embodiment, an antibody of the invention comprises the framework region of the mLuC5, mLuC6, ab711, ab2508, or W3 antibody.

In a specific embodiment, the present invention provides for antibodies that bind to 67LR, said antibodies comprising the amino acid sequence of the CDRs of the mLuC5, mLuC6, ab711, ab2508, or W3 antibodies and human murine framework regions. In another embodiment, the present invention provides for antibodies that bind to 67LR, said antibodies comprising the amino acid sequence of the CDRs of the mLuC5, mLuC6, ab711, ab2508, or W3 antibodies and human or murine framework regions with one or more amino acid substitutions at one, two, three, or more of the following residues: (a) rare framework residues that differ between the murine antibody framework (i.e., donor antibody framework) and the human antibody framework (i.e., acceptor antibody framework); (b) Venier zone residues when differing between donor antibody framework and acceptor antibody framework; (c) interchain packing residues at the V_(H)/V_(L) interface that differ between the donor antibody framework and the acceptor antibody framework; (d) canonical residues that differ between the donor antibody framework and the acceptor antibody framework sequences, particularly the framework regions crucial for the definition of the canonical class of the murine antibody CDR loops; (e) residues that are adjacent to a CDR; (g) residues capable of interacting with the antigen; (h) residues capable of interacting with the CDR; and (i) contact residues between the V_(H) domain and the V_(L) domain.

The present invention encompasses antibodies that bind to 67LR, said antibodies comprising the amino acid sequence of the V_(H) domain and/or V_(L) domain of the mLuC5 antibody with mutations (e.g., one or more amino acid substitutions) in the framework regions. In one embodiment, an antibody that binds to 67LR comprises the amino acid sequence of the V_(H) and/or V_(L) domains of the mLuC5 antibody with mutations (e.g., one or more amino acid residue substitutions) in the hypervariable and framework regions. In another embodiment, an antibody that binds to 67LR comprises the amino acid sequence of the V_(H) and/or V_(L) domains of the mLuC5 antibody with mutations in the hypervariable and framework regions. In another embodiment, an antibody that binds to 67LR comprises the amino acid sequence of the V_(H) and/or V_(L) domains of the ab711 antibody with mutations in the hypervariable and framework regions. In yet another embodiment, an antibody that binds to 67LR comprises the amino acid sequence of the V_(H) and/or V_(L) domains of the ab2508 antibody with mutations in the hypervariable and framework regions. In another embodiment, an antibody that binds to 67LR comprises the amino acid sequence of the V_(H) and/or V_(L) domains of the W3 antibody with mutations in the hypervariable and framework regions. In a specific embodiment, the amino acid substitutions in the hypervariable and framework regions improve binding of the antibody to 67LR.

The present invention also provides antibodies that bind to 67LR that comprise constant regions known to those of skill in the art. In one embodiment, the constant regions of an antibody of the invention are human. In another embodiment, the constant regions are murine.

The present invention provides for antibodies that bind to 67LR, the antibodies having an extended half-life in vivo and the use of such antibodies to produce an antibody conjugate of the invention. In a specific embodiment, the present invention provides antibodies that bind to 67LR, which have a half-life in a subject, preferably a mammal and most preferably a human, of greater than about 2 minutes, 4 minutes, 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 12 minutes, 15 minutes, 20 minutes, 25 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 1.5 hours, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5 hours, 6 hours, 7 hours, 12 hours, 14 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 1 month, 3 months, 6 months, 1 year 3 days, greater than 7 days, greater than 10 days, preferably greater than 15 days, greater than 25 days, greater than 30 days, greater than 35 days, greater than 40 days, greater than 45 days, greater than 2 months, greater than 3 months, greater than 4 months, or greater than 5 months. In another embodiment, the present invention provides antibodies that bind to 67LR, which have a half-life in a subject, preferably a mammal and most preferably a human, of 2 minutes, 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 1 hour, 1.5 hours, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5 hours, 6 hours, 7 hours, 12 hours, 14 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 1 month, 3 months, 6 months, 1 year 3 days, greater than 7 days, greater than 10 days, preferably greater than 15 days, greater than 25 days, greater than 30 days, greater than 35 days, greater than 40 days, greater than 45 days, greater than 2 months, greater than 3 months, greater than 4 months, or greater than 5 months.

To prolong the serum circulation of antibody conjugates (e.g., monoclonal antibodies, single chain antibodies, Fv fragments, and Fab fragments) in vivo, for example, inert polymer molecules such as high molecular weight polyethylene glycol (PEG) can be attached to the antibodies with or without a multifunctional linker either through site-specific conjugation of the PEG to the amino or carboxyl terminus of the antibodies (whichever end is not conjugated to the cytotoxic agent) or via epsilon-amino groups present on lysine residues. Linear or branched polymer derivatization that results in minimal loss of biological activity will be used. The degree of conjugation can be closely monitored by SDS-PAGE and mass spectrometry to ensure proper conjugation of PEG molecules to the antibodies. Unreacted PEG can be separated from antibody-PEG conjugates by size-exclusion or ion-exchange chromatography. Polyethylene glycol-derivatized antibodies can be tested for binding activity as well as for in vivo efficacy using methods well-known to those of skill in the art, for example, by immunoassays described herein.

Antibodies having an increased half-life in vivo can also be generated by introducing one or more amino acid modifications (i.e., substitutions, insertions, or deletions) into an IgG constant domain, or FcRn binding fragment thereof (preferably a Fc or hinge Fc domain fragment). See, e.g., International Publication No. WO 98/23289; International Publication No. WO 97/34631; International Publication No. WO 02/060919; and U.S. Pat. No. 6,277,375, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

Furthermore, antibodies can be conjugated to albumin in order to make the antibody more stable in vivo or have a longer half-life in vivo. The techniques are well-known in the art; see, e.g., International Publication Nos. WO 93/15199, WO 93/15200, and WO 01/77137; and European Patent No. EP 413,622, all of which are incorporated herein by reference.

The present invention provides for panels of antibodies that bind to 67LR. In specific embodiments, the invention provides for panels of antibodies having different affinities for 67LR, different specificities for 67LR, and/or different dissociation rates. The invention provides panels of at least 10, preferably at least 25, at least 50, at least 75, at least 100, at least 125, at least 150, at least 175, at least 200, at least 250, at least 300, at least 350, at least 400, at least 450, at least 500, at least 550, at least 600, at least 650, at least 700, at least 750, at least 800, at least 850, at least 900, at least 950, or at least 1000 antibodies. Panels of antibodies can be used, for example, in 96 well plates for assays such as ELISAs and cytotoxicity assays.

5.1.1 Anti-67LR Antibody Conjugates

The present invention provides antibody conjugates that bind to 67LR. In some embodiments, the antibody conjugates of the present invention comprise an antibody that binds to 67LR expressed on the surface of cells conjugated to a therapeutic agent, a cytotoxic agent or other moiety (e.g., an anticellular moiety). In some embodiments, the antibody conjugates of the present invention comprise an antibody that binds to 67LR conjugated to a therapeutic agent, a cytotoxic agent or other moiety (e.g., an anticellular moiety). In one embodiment, the antibody is conjugated to a cytotoxic agent or otherwise anticellular agent, either directly or through a chemical linker. In another embodiment, the antibody is linked to the cytotoxic agent or otherwise anticellular or anticancer moiety through a chemical (covalent) bond, a recombinant antibody conjugate, such as a peptide bond (with or without a peptide linker), disulfide bond, or sterically hindered disulfide bond. The antibody can be linked at its amino terminus or its carboxyl terminus to the cytotoxic agent or otherwise anticellular or anticancer moiety. Alternatively, the antibody can replace a domain of the cytotoxic agent or otherwise anticellular moiety that is not required for cytotoxicity so long as the antibody retains its specificity for 67LR.

In certain embodiments, an antibody conjugate comprises a 67LR antibody linked via a peptide linker (also referred to as a spacer) to a cytotoxic agent or an otherwise anticellular moiety. The linker for the conjugate may be 5, 8, 10, 12, 15, 25, 50, or 75 amino acids in length, but the length may otherwise vary to provide optimal binding of the conjugate to 67LR. In a specific embodiment, the peptide linker is 6 or 7 amino acids long. In another embodiment, the amino terminus of a 67LR antibody is attached to a cytotoxic agent or an otherwise anticellular moiety through the peptide linker Ser-(Gly)₄-Ser. In another embodiment, the carboxyl terminus of a 67LR antibody is linked to a cytotoxic agent or an otherwise anticellular moiety through a Lys-Ala-Ser-Gly-Gly-Pro-Glu linker. The constituent amino acids of a spacer may be selected to influence some property of the conjugate, such as its folding, net charge, or hydrophobicity. Linker molecules are commonly known in the art and described in Denardo, et al., 1998, Clin Cancer Res 4:2483-90; Peterson, et al., 1999, Bioconjug Chem 10:553; and Zimmerman et al., 1999, Nucl Med Biol 26:943-50 each incorporated by reference in their entireties.

An antibody conjugate of the invention may be composed of one or two polypeptide chains, together comprising the antibody moiety and the therapeutic agent, the cytotoxic agent or anticellular moiety. In one embodiment, the cytotoxic agent is attached to the variable heavy (V_(H)) region of an Fv antibody fragment against 67LR, where the V_(H) region is bound by an amino acid linker to the variable light (V_(L)) chain region. In another embodiment, the cytotoxic agent is attached to the V_(H) region of an Fv antibody against 67LR, where the V_(H) region is bound to a V_(L) chain region through at least one disulfide linkage (e.g., formed between respective cysteines in each chain). Disulfide linked Fv chains may have a reduced tendency to aggregate, show a generally longer serum half-life, and are said to be “stabilized.” Thus, a disulfide-stabilized antibody-cytotoxin conjugate comprises at least two polypeptides linked by at least one disulfide linkage. The two polypeptides can be separated by a termination codon and downstream initiation codon and ribosome binding site, so that the chains are encoded as separate open reading frames, or they can be joined by a peptide linker. In another embodiment, the cytotoxic agent is attached to the V_(H) region of an Fv antibody against 67LR, where the V_(H) region is bound through a peptide linker and at least one disulfide bond to a V_(L) chain region. In a specific embodiment, the cytotoxic agent is attached to the V_(L) region of an Fv antibody against 67LR, where the V_(L) region is bound by a linker to the V_(H) chain region. In another embodiment, the cytotoxic agent is attached to the V_(L) region of an Fv antibody against 67LR, where the V_(L) region is bound through at least one disulfide bond to a V_(H) chain region. In another embodiment, the cytotoxic agent is attached to the V_(L) region of an Fv antibody against 67LR, where the V_(L) region is bound through a peptide linker and at least one disulfide bond to a V_(H) chain region. In yet another embodiment of the invention, the V_(L) and V_(H) sequences will be followed respectively by part or all of the light and heavy chain constant regions, e.g., the whole kappa light chain constant region and the C_(H1) domain of the heavy chain constant region, with or without the heavy chain hinge domain. Thus, the antibody segments and genes encoding the cytotoxic agent may occur in any order on a single plasmid, or may be expressed separately from separate plasmids. For example, in another embodiment of the invention, the V_(L) gene and any light chain constant region will be on one plasmid, while the V_(H) gene, any heavy chain constant region, and the gene for a proteinaceous cytotoxin will be on a second plasmid. In either case, the V_(L) and/or V_(H) genes may be preceded by a signal sequence that directs the secretion of the recombinant fusion protein from the cell. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,147,203, 6,074,644 and 6,051,405 which are referenced herein in their entirety.

In another embodiment, the polypeptide chains expressed by the plasmid may be sequestered in inclusion bodies that are retained within the cell. The polypeptides may be expressed in a variety of expression systems that are routinely available to one skilled in the art, including bacterial expression systems such as E. coli and yeast expression systems, such as Pichia. See, e.g., Vrieto, et al., 2004, Protein Expression and Purification 33: 1123-133, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, for methods of expressing polypeptides sequestered in inclusion bodies.

In another embodiment, this invention provides for single chain antibody conjugates, in which the antibody comprises the V_(L) or V_(H) regions alone, rather than as components of Fv fragments. The amino terminus or carboxyl terminus of the variable chain is then conjugated to a selected cytotoxic agent, such conjugation may be through a peptide linker. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,074,644, which is referenced herein in its entirety.

Antibodies, or the encoded antibodies, cytotoxic agents, or antibody conjugates may be altered by being subjected to random mutagenesis by error-prone PCR, random nucleotide insertion or other methods prior to recombination. A polynucleotide encoding a 67LR antibody may be recombined with one or more components, motifs, sections, parts, domains, fragments, etc. of one or more cytotoxin molecules.

The invention provides nucleic acids comprising nucleotide sequences encoding an antibody conjugate of the invention. The invention also provides nucleic acids comprising a nucleotide sequence that encode the antibody moiety and/or the proteinaceous cytotoxic agent of an antibody conjugate of the invention. Thus, for example, in one embodiment, the invention provides for a nucleic acid comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding an antibody conjugate comprising a V_(H) region of an Fv fragment attached to a proteinaceous cytotoxic agent (e.g., Pseudomonas exotoxin). The nucleotides that encode the V_(H) region are linked to the nucleotides that encode the V_(L) region through nucleotides that encode a peptide linker. Alternatively, or in combination, the encoded V_(H) region contains cysteine residues that form disulfide linkages with a V_(L) region of an Fv fragment. In another embodiment, the invention provides for nucleic acids comprising nucleotide sequence encoding an antibody conjugate of the invention in which the V_(L) chain is substituted for the V_(H) chain and vice versa. In another embodiment, the invention provides for nucleic acids comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding an antibody conjugate, in which the antibody comprises the V_(L) or V_(H) region alone. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,074,644, which is referenced herein in its entirety.

In some embodiments, an antibody conjugate of the invention binds to an epitope on 67LR that results in selective and potent cell killing, as assessed by a cytotoxicity assay. In certain embodiments, binding of an antibody conjugate to its epitope on 67LR is followed by internalization of the antibody conjugate-67LR complex. In a particular embodiment, the cytotoxicity of a particular antibody-cytotoxin conjugate is measured by a cell viability assay, using cell lines that express 67LR. In a particular embodiment, cell viability is tested using an assay in which cells are seeded into 96-well plates at a concentration of 2×10⁴ of cells/well. Serial dilutions of antibody conjugates in 0.2% human serum albumin (HSA) are added to the cells, resulting in final concentrations ranging from 0.1 to 1000 ng/ml in 150 μl. After incubation for 48 hours, 10 μl of WST-8 (Dojindo Molecular Technologies) is added to each well, and the incubation is carried out for 4 hours at 37° C. The absorbance of the sample at 450 nm is measured with a reference wavelength of 650 nm. Cytotoxicity is defined by IC₅₀, 50% inhibition of cell viability, which is midway between the level of viability in the absence of antibody conjugate and that in the presence of 10 μg/ml cycloheximide.

The present invention also provides for panels of antibody conjugates that bind to 67LR. In specific embodiments, the invention provides for panels of antibody conjugates having different affinities for 67LR, different specificities for 67LR, and/or different dissociation rates. The invention provides panels of at least 10, preferably at least 25, at least 50, at least 75, at least 100, at least 125, at least 150, at least 175, at least 200, at least 250, at least 300, at least 350, at least 400, at least 450, at least 500, at least 550, at least 600, at least 650, at least 700, at least 750, at least 800, at least 850, at least 900, at least 950, or at least 1000 antibodies. Panels of antibody conjugates can be used, for example, in 96 well plates for assays such as ELISAs and cytotoxicity assays.

The conjugates of the present invention can be made by standard recombinant DNA techniques or by protein synthetic techniques, e.g., by use of a peptide synthesizer. For example, a nucleic acid molecule encoding a conjugate of the invention can be synthesized by conventional techniques including automated DNA synthesizers. Alternatively, PCR amplification of gene fragments can be carried out using anchor primers which give rise to complementary overhangs between two consecutive gene fragments which can subsequently be annealed and reamplified to generate a chimeric gene sequence (see, e.g., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Ausubel et al., eds., John Wiley & Sons, 1992).

The nucleotide sequences encoding a conjugate of the invention may be obtained from any information available to those of skill in the art (i.e., from Genbank, the literature, or by routine cloning). The nucleotide sequence coding for a conjugate can be inserted into an appropriate expression vector, i.e., a vector which contains the necessary elements for the transcription and translation of the inserted protein-coding sequence. A variety of host-vector systems may be utilized in the present invention to express the protein-coding sequence. These include but are not limited to mammalian cell systems infected with virus (e.g., vaccinia virus, adenovirus, etc.); insect cell systems infected with virus (e.g., baculovirus); microorganisms such as yeast containing yeast vectors; or bacteria transformed with bacteriophage, DNA, plasmid DNA, or cosmid DNA. The expression elements of vectors vary in their strengths and specificities. Depending on the host-vector system utilized, any one of a number of suitable transcription and translation elements may be used.

The expression of a conjugate of the invention may be controlled by any promoter or enhancer element known in the art. Promoters which may be used to control expression of a conjugate include, but are not limited to, the SV40 early promoter region (Bernoist and Chambon, 1981, Nature 290:304-310), the promoter contained in the 3′ long terminal repeat of Rous sarcoma virus (Yamamoto, et al., 1980, Cell 22:787-797), the herpes thymidine kinase promoter (Wagner et al., 1981, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 78:1441-1445), the regulatory sequences of the metallothionein gene (Brinster et al., 1982, Nature 296:39-42), the tetracycline (Tet) promoter (Gossen et al., 1995, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 89:5547-5551); prokaryotic expression vectors such as the β-lactamase promoter (Villa-Kamaroff, et al., 1978, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 75:3727-3731), or the tac promoter (DeBoer, et al., 1983, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 80:21-25; see also “Useful proteins from recombinant bacteria” in Scientific American, 1980, 242:74-94); plant expression vectors comprising the nopaline synthetase promoter region (Herrera-Estrella et al., Nature 303:209-213) or the cauliflower mosaic virus 35S RNA promoter (Gardner, et al., 1981, Nucl. Acids Res. 9:2871), and the promoter of the photosynthetic enzyme ribulose biphosphate carboxylase (Herrera-Estrella et al., 1984, Nature 310:115-120); promoter elements from yeast or other fungi such as the Gal 4 promoter, the ADC (alcohol dehydrogenase) promoter, PGK (phosphoglycerol kinase) promoter, alkaline phosphatase promoter, and the following animal transcriptional control regions, which exhibit tissue specificity and have been utilized in transgenic animals: elastase I gene control region which is active in pancreatic acinar cells (Swift et al., 1984, Cell 38:639-646; Ornitz et al., 1986, Cold Spring Harbor Symp. Quant. Biol. 50:399-409; MacDonald, 1987, Hepatology 7:425-515); insulin gene control region which is active in pancreatic beta cells (Hanahan, 1985, Nature 315:115-122), immunoglobulin gene control region which is active in lymphoid cells (Grosschedl et al., 1984, Cell 38:647-658; Adames et al., 1985, Nature 318:533-538; Alexander et al., 1987, Mol. Cell. Biol. 7:1436-1444), mouse mammary tumor virus control region which is active in testicular, breast, lymphoid and mast cells (Leder et al., 1986, Cell 45:485-495), albumin gene control region which is active in liver (Pinkert et al., 1987, Genes and Devel. 1:268-276), alpha-fetoprotein gene control region which is active in liver (Krumlauf et al., 1985, Mol. Cell. Biol. 5:1639-1648; Hammer et al., 1987, Science 235:53-58; alpha 1-antitrypsin gene control region which is active in the liver (Kelsey et al., 1987, Genes and Devel. 1:161-171), beta-globin gene control region which is active in myeloid cells (Mogram et al., 1985, Nature 315:338-340; Kollias et al., 1986, Cell 46:89-94; myelin basic protein gene control region which is active in oligodendrocyte cells in the brain (Readhead et al., 1987, Cell 48:703-712); myosin light chain-2 gene control region which is active in skeletal muscle (Sani, 1985, Nature 314:283-286); neuronal-specific enolase (NSE) which is active in neuronal cells (Morelli et al., 1999, Gen. Virol. 80:571-83); brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF) gene control region which is active in neuronal cells (Tabuchi et al., 1998, Biochem. Biophysic. Res. Com. 253:818-823); glial fibrillary acidic protein (GFAP) promoter which is active in astrocytes (Gomes et al., 1999, Braz J Med Biol Res 32(5):619-631; Morelli et al., 1999, Gen. Virol. 80:571-83) and gonadotropic releasing hormone gene control region which is active in the hypothalamus (Mason et al., 1986, Science 234:1372-1378). In a specific embodiment, the expression of a conjugate of the invention is regulated by a constitutive promoter. In another embodiment, the expression is regulated by an inducible promoter. In another embodiment, the expression is regulated by a tissue-specific promoter.

In a specific embodiment, a vector is used that comprises a promoter operably linked to a conjugate-encoding nucleic acid, one or more origins of replication, and, optionally, one or more selectable markers (e.g., an antibiotic resistance gene).

In mammalian host cells, a number of viral-based expression systems may be utilized. In cases where an adenovirus is used as an expression vector, the polypeptide or fusion protein coding sequence may be ligated to an adenovirus transcription/translation control complex, e.g., the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. This chimeric gene may then be inserted in the adenovirus genome by in vitro or in vivo recombination. Insertion in a non-essential region of the viral genome (e.g., region E1 or E3) will result in a recombinant virus that is viable and capable of expressing the antibody molecule in infected hosts (e.g., see Logan & Shenk, 1984, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:355-359). Specific initiation signals may also be required for efficient translation of inserted fusion protein coding sequences. These signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences. Furthermore, the initiation codon must be in phase with the reading frame of the desired coding sequence to ensure translation of the entire insert. These exogenous translational control signals and initiation codons can be of a variety of origins, both natural and synthetic. The efficiency of expression may be enhanced by the inclusion of appropriate transcription enhancer elements, transcription terminators, etc. (see Bittner et al., 1987, Methods in Enzymol. 153:51-544).

Expression vectors containing inserts of a gene encoding a conjugate can be identified by three general approaches: (a) nucleic acid hybridization, (b) presence or absence of “marker” gene functions, and (c) expression of inserted sequences. In the first approach, the presence of a gene encoding a conjugate in an expression vector can be detected by nucleic acid hybridization using probes comprising sequences that are homologous to an inserted gene encoding the conjugate. In the second approach, the recombinant vector/host system can be identified and selected based upon the presence or absence of certain “marker” gene functions (e.g., thymidine kinase activity, resistance to antibiotics, transformation phenotype, occlusion body formation in baculovirus, etc.) caused by the insertion of a nucleotide sequence encoding a conjugate in the vector. For example, if the nucleotide sequence encoding the conjugate is inserted within the marker gene sequence of the vector, recombinants containing the gene encoding the conjugate insert can be identified by the absence of the marker gene function. In the third approach, recombinant expression vectors can be identified by assaying the gene product (e.g., conjugate) expressed by the recombinant. Such assays can be based, for example, on the physical or functional properties of the conjugate in in vitro assay systems, e.g., binding to an antibody or to 67LR.

In addition, a host cell strain may be chosen which modulates the expression of the inserted sequences, or modifies and processes the gene product in the specific fashion desired. Expression from certain promoters can be elevated in the presence of certain inducers; thus, expression of the genetically engineered fusion proteins or conjugates may be controlled. Furthermore, different host cells have characteristic and specific mechanisms for the translational and post-translational processing and modification (e.g., glycosylation, phosphorylation of proteins). Appropriate cell lines or host systems can be chosen to ensure the desired modification and processing of the foreign protein expressed. For example, expression in a bacterial system will produce an unglycosylated product and expression in yeast will produce a glycosylated product. Eukaryotic host cells which possess the cellular machinery for proper processing of the primary transcript, glycosylation, and phosphorylation of the gene product may be used. Such mammalian host cells include, but are not limited to, CHO, VERY, BHK, Hela, COS, MDCK, 293, 3T3, W138, NSO, and in particular, neuronal cell lines such as, for example, SK-N-AS, SK-N-FI, SK-N-DZ human neuroblastomas (Sugimoto et al., 1984, J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 73: 51-57), SK-N—SH human neuroblastoma (Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1982, 704: 450-460), Daoy human cerebellar medulloblastoma (He et al., 1992, Cancer Res. 52: 1144-1148) DBTRG-05MG glioblastoma cells (Kruse et al., 1992, In Vitro Cell. Dev. Biol. 28A: 609-614), IMR-32 human neuroblastoma (Cancer Res., 1970, 30: 2110-2118), 1321NI human astrocytoma (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1977, 74: 4816), MOG-G-CCM human astrocytoma (Br. J. Cancer, 1984, 49: 269), U87MG human glioblastoma-astrocytoma (Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand., 1968, 74: 465-486), A172 human glioblastoma (Olopade et al., 1992, Cancer Res. 52: 2523-2529), C6 rat glioma cells (Benda et al., 1968, Science 161: 370-371), Neuro-2a mouse neuroblastoma (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1970, 65: 129-136), NB41A3 mouse neuroblastoma (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1962, 48: 1184-1190), SCP sheep choroid plexus (Bolin et al., 1994, J. Virol. Methods 48: 211-221), G355-5, PG-4 Cat normal astrocyte (Haapala et al., 1985, J. Virol. 53: 827-833), Mpf ferret brain (Trowbridge et al., 1982, In Vitro 18: 952-960), and normal cell lines such as, for example, CTX TNA2 rat normal cortex brain (Radany et al., 1992, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 6467-6471) such as, for example, CRL7030 and Hs578Bst. Furthermore, different vector/host expression systems may effect processing reactions to different extents.

For long-term, high-yield production of recombinant conjugates, stable expression is preferred. For example, cell lines which stably express the conjugate of the invention may be engineered. Rather than using expression vectors which contain viral origins of replication, host cells can be transformed with DNA controlled by appropriate expression control elements (e.g., promoter, enhancer, sequences, transcription terminators, polyadenylation sites, etc.), and a selectable marker. Following the introduction of the foreign DNA, engineered cells may be allowed to grow for 1-2 days in an enriched medium, and then are switched to a selective medium. The selectable marker in the recombinant plasmid confers resistance to the selection and allows cells to stably integrate the plasmid into their chromosomes and grow to form foci which in turn can be cloned and expanded into cell lines. This method may advantageously be used to engineer cell lines which express a conjugate of the invention. Such engineered cell lines may be particularly useful in screening and evaluation of compounds that affect the activity of a conjugate binding to 67LR or toxin action.

A number of selection systems may be used, including but not limited to the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase (Wigler, et al., 1977, Cell 11:223), hypoxanthine-guanine phosphoribosyltransferase (Szybalska & Szybalski, 1962, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 48:2026), and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase (Lowy, et al., 1980, Cell 22:817) genes can be employed in tk-, hgprt- or aprt-cells, respectively. Also, antimetabolite resistance can be used as the basis of selection for dhfr, which confers resistance to methotrexate (Wigler, et al., 1980, Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:3567; O'Hare, et al., 1981, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 78:1527); gpt, which confers resistance to mycophenolic acid (Mulligan & Berg, 1981, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 78:2072); neo, which confers resistance to the aminoglycoside G-418 (Colberre-Garapin, et al., 1981, J. Mol. Biol. 150:1); and hygro, which confers resistance to hygromycin (Santerre, et al., 1984, Gene 30:147) genes.

Once a conjugate of the invention has been produced by recombinant expression or by chemical synthesis, it may be purified by any method known in the art for purification of a protein, for example, by chromatography (e.g., ion exchange, affinity, particularly by affinity for the specific antigen after Protein A, and sizing column chromatography), centrifugation, differential solubility, or by any other standard technique for the purification of protein.

5.1.2 Cytotoxic Agents

Any cytotoxic agent or otherwise anticellular agent known to one of skill in the art can be used to produce the antibody conjugates of the invention. A cytotoxic agent includes any agent that is detrimental to cells. Exemplary cytotoxic agents include chemotherapeutic agents, radioisotopes, cytotoxins such as cytostatic or cytocidal agents, or other anticellular agents, including known therapeutic agents.

Non-limiting examples of cytotoxic agents include antimetabolites (e.g., cytosine arabinoside, aminopterin, methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, cytarabine, and 5-fluorouracil decarbazine); alkylating agents (e.g., mechlorethamine, thiotepa chlorambucil, melphalan, carmustine (BCNU) and lomustine (CCNU), cyclophosphamide, busulfan, dibromomannitol, streptozotocin, mitomycin C, cis-dichlorodiammine-platinum (II) (CDDP), and cisplatin); vinca alkaloid; anthracyclines (e.g., daunorubicin (formerly daunomycin) and doxorubicin); antibiotics (e.g., dactinomycin (formerly actinomycin), bleomycin, mithramycin, and anthramycin (AMC)); calicheamicin; CC-1065 and derivatives thereof; auristatin molecules (e.g., auristatin PHE, bryostatin-1, and dolastatin-10; see Woyke, et al., Antimicrob Agents Chemother 46:3802-8 (2002), Woyke, et al., Antimicrob Agents Chemother 45:3580-4 (2001), Mohammad, et al., Anticancer Drugs 12:735-40 (2001), Wall, et al., Biochem Biophys Res Commun 266:76-80 (1999), Mohammad, et al., Int J Oncol 15:367-72 (1999), all of which are incorporated herein by reference); DNA-repair enzyme inhibitors (e.g., etoposide or topotecan); kinase inhibitors (e.g., compound ST1571, imatinib mesylate (Kantarjian, et al., Clin Cancer Res 8(7):2167-76 (2002)); demecolcine; and other cytotoxic agents (e.g., paclitaxel, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, emetine, mitomycin, etoposide, tenoposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicine, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, dihydroxy anthracenedione, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, actinomycin D, 1-dehydrotestosterone, glucorticoids, procaine, tetracaine, lidocaine, propranolol, and puromycin and analogs or homologues thereof and those compounds disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,245,759, 6,399,633, 6,383,790, 6,335,156, 6,271,242, 6,242,196, 6,218,410, 6,218,372, 6,057,300, 6,034,053, 5,985,877, 5,958,769, 5,925,376, 5,922,844, 5,911,995, 5,872,223, 5,863,904, 5,840,745, 5,728,868, 5,648,239, 5,587,459); farnesyl transferase inhibitors (e.g., R115777, BMS-214662, and those disclosed by, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,458,935, 6,451,812, 6,440,974, 6,436,960, 6,432,959, 6,420,387, 6,414,145, 6,410,541, 6,410,539, 6,403,581, 6,399,615, 6,387,905, 6,372,747, 6,369,034, 6,362,188, 6,342,765, 6,342,487, 6,300,501, 6,268,363, 6,265,422, 6,248,756, 6,239,140, 6,232,338, 6,228,865, 6,228,856, 6,225,322, 6,218,406, 6,211,193, 6,187,786, 6,169,096, 6,159,984, 6,143,766, 6,133,303, 6,127,366, 6,124,465, 6,124,295, 6,103,723, 6,093,737, 6,090,948, 6,080,870, 6,077,853, 6,071,935, 6,066,738, 6,063,930, 6,054,466, 6,051,582, 6,051,574, and 6,040,305); topoisomerase inhibitors (e.g., camptothecin, irinotecan, SN-38, topotecan, 9-aminocamptothecin, GG211 (GI147211), DX-8951f, IST-622, rubitecan, pyrazoloacridine, XR5000, saintopin, UCE6, UCE1022, TAN-1518A, TAN 1518B, KT6006, KT6528, ED-110, NB-506, ED-110, NB-506, and rebeccamycin); bulgarein; DNA minor groove binders such as Hoechst dye 33342 and Hoechst dye 33258; nitidine; fagaronine; epiberberine; coralyne; beta-lapachone; BC-4-1; antisense oligonucleotides (e.g., those disclosed in the U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,277,832, 5,998,596, 5,885,834, 5,734,033, and 5,618,709); adenosine deaminase inhibitors (e.g., fludarabine phosphate and 2-chlorodeoxyadenosine); and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, clathrates, and prodrugs thereof.

In one embodiment, the 67LR antibody is conjugated to a radioactive metal ion, such as the alpha-emitters ²¹¹ astatine, ²¹²bismuth, ²¹³bismuth; the beta-emitters ¹³¹iodine, ⁹⁰yttrium, ¹⁷⁷lutetium, ¹⁵³samarium, and ¹⁰⁹palladium; or macrocyclic chelators useful for conjugating radiometal ions, including but not limited to, ¹³¹indium, ¹³¹L, ¹³¹yttrium, ¹³¹holmium, ¹³¹samarium, to polypeptides or any of those listed supra. In certain embodiments, the macrocyclic chelator is 1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecane-N,N′,N″,N′″-tetraacetic acid (DOTA), which can be attached to the antibody via a linker molecule. Such linker molecules are commonly known in the art and described in Denardo, et al., 1998, Clin Cancer Res 4(10):2483-90; Peterson, et al., 1999, Bioconjug Chem 10(4):553-7; and Zimmerman, et al., 1999, Nucl Med Biol 26(8):943-50, each incorporated by reference in their entireties.

In a specific embodiment, the 67LR antibody is conjugated to a proteinaceous agent that modifies a given biological response and leads to cytotoxicity. In one embodiment, the 67LR antibody is conjugated to a plant-, fungus-, or bacteria-derived toxin. Non-limiting examples of such toxins include A chain toxins, ribosome inactivating proteins, ricin A, deglycosylated ricin A chain, abrin, alpha sarcin, aspergillin, restrictocin, ribonucleases, diphtheria toxin, bacterial endotoxin, saporin toxin, Granzyme B or the lipid A moiety of bacterial endotoxin, cholera toxin, or Pseudomonas exotoxin and derivatives and variants thereof.

Fragments, analogs, and derivatives of proteinaceous cytotoxins can be useful in the present invention provided that when fused to the 67LR antibody portion of the conjugate, such fragments, analogs, and derivatives allow the conjugate to bind native 67LR expressed on the surface of a cell. Preferably, the binding kinetics of the fragments, analogs, or derivatives remain the same or vary only by not more than 25%. The cytotoxin may be from any species. The nucleotide and/or amino acid sequences of cytotoxins can be found in the literature or public databases, or the nucleotide and/or amino acid sequences can be determined using cloning and sequencing techniques known to one of skill in the art. In some embodiments, the cytotoxin is derived from mammals. In other embodiments, the cytotoxin is derived from bacteria. In yet other embodiments, the cytotoxin is derived from fungi. In a preferred embodiment, the cytotoxin is Pseudomonas exotoxin A (PE), or an analog, derivative, or a fragment thereof.

In one embodiment of the invention, the proteinaceous cytotoxin comprises an amino acid sequence which contains at least one conservative amino acid substitution, but not more than 40 conservative amino acid substitutions, even more preferably, not more than 30 conservative amino acid substitutions, still more preferably, not more than 20 conservative amino acid substitutions, and still even more preferably, not more than 10 conservative amino acid substitutions relative to the native amino acid sequence of the chosen fragment (e.g., the native PE or diphtheria toxin amino acid sequence), which result in a silent change, i.e., no change in an activity necessary for cytotoxicity in the context of the conjugate. In another embodiment of the invention, a cytotoxin comprises an amino acid sequence that contains at least one conservative amino acid substitution in the chosen fragment; but not more than 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2 or 1 conservative amino acid substitutions relative to the native amino acid sequence (e.g., the native PE or diphtheria toxin amino acid sequence), which result in a silent change. In yet another embodiment, a cytotoxic polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence that contains one or more conservative substitutions or a combination of non-conservative and conservative amino acid substitutions relative to the native amino acid sequence of the chosen fragment, which results in a silent change.

To improve or alter the characteristics of cytotoxic polypeptides, protein engineering may be employed. Recombinant DNA technology known to those skilled in the art can be used to create novel mutant proteins or “muteins” including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, additions, or fusion proteins. Such modified polypeptides can show, e.g., enhanced activity or increased stability. In addition, they may be purified in higher yields and show better solubility than the corresponding natural polypeptide, at least under certain purification and storage conditions. For instance, for many proteins, it is known in the art that one or more amino acids may be deleted from the amino terminus or carboxyl terminus without substantial loss of biological function. Exemplary cytotoxin variants suitable for forming the conjugates of the invention are found hereinbelow.

In a specific embodiment, a cytotoxic polypeptide is at least 50%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, or at least 95% identical to the amino acid sequence of chosen fragment of the native cytotoxin (e.g., the native PE or diphtheria toxin amino acid sequence).

5.1.3 Therapeutic Agents

Any therapeutic agent known to one of skill in the art can be used to produce the antibody conjugates of the invention. A therapeutic agent includes any agent that, when conjugated to an antibody or fragment thereof of the invention, can be used to treat cancer. In certain embodiments, a cytotoxic agent as exemplified in section 5.1.2 can be a therapeutic agent.

An antibody of the invention can be conjugated to therapeutic agents such as macrocyclic chelators useful for conjugating radiometal ions. In certain embodiments, the macrocyclic chelator is 1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecane-N,N′,N″,N″-tetraacetic acid (DOTA) which can be attached to the antibody via a linker molecule. Such linker molecules are commonly known in the art and described in Denardo, et al., 1998, Clin Cancer Res 4:2483-90; Peterson, et al., 1999, Bioconjug Chem 10:553; and Zimmerman, et al., 1999, Nucl Med Biol 26:943-50 each incorporated by reference in their entireties.

Examples of useful therapeutic radioisotopes (ordered by atomic number) include 47Sc, 67Cu, 90Y, 109Pd, 125I, 131I, 186Re, 188Re, 199 Au, 211At, 212Pb and 217Bi. These atoms can be conjugated to the peptide directly, indirectly as part of a chelate, or, in the case of iodine, indirectly as part of an iodinated Bolton-Hunter group. The radioiodine can be introduced either before or after this group is coupled to the peptide compound.

An antibody or fragment thereof may be conjugated to a therapeutic agent that modifies a given biological response. Therapeutic agents are not to be construed as limited to classical chemical therapeutic agents. For example, the therapeutic agent may be a protein or polypeptide possessing a desired biological activity. Such proteins may include, for example, a toxin such as abrin, ricin A, pseudomonas exotoxin, cholera toxin, or diphtheria toxin; a protein such as tumor necrosis factor, a-interferon, nerve growth factor, platelet derived growth factor, tissue plasminogen activator, an apoptotic agent, e.g., TNF-α, AIM I (see, International Publication No. WO 97/33899 herein incorporated by reference in its entirety), AIM II (see, International Publication No. WO 97/34911 herein incorporated by reference in its entirety), Fas Ligand (Takahashi, et al., 1994, J Immunol, 6:1567 herein incorporated by reference in its entirety), and VEGI (see, International Publication No. WO 99/23105 herein incorporated by reference in its entirety), a thrombotic agent or an anti-angiogenic agent, e.g., angiostatin or endostatin; or, a biological response modifier such as, for example, a lymphokine (e.g., interleukin-1 (“IL-1”), interleukin-2 (“IL-2”), interleukin-6 (“IL-6”), granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor (“GM-CSF”), and granulocyte colony stimulating factor (“G-CSF”)), or a growth factor (e.g., growth hormone (“GH”)).

Antibodies of the invention or fragments thereof can also be conjugated to Lectins. Lectins are proteins, commonly derived from plants, that bind to carbohydrates. Among other activities, some lectins are toxic. Some of the most cytotoxic substances known are protein toxins of bacterial and plant origin (Frankel et al., Ann Rev Med 37:125-142 (1986) herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). These molecules binding the cell surface and inhibit cellular protein synthesis. The most commonly used plant toxins are ricin and abrin; the most commonly used bacterial toxins are diphtheria toxin and Pseudomonas exotoxin A. In ricin and abrin, the binding and toxic functions are contained in two separate protein subunits, the A and B chains. The ricin B chain binds to the cell surface carbohydrates and promotes the uptake of the A chain into the cell. Once inside the cell, the ricin A chain inhibits protein synthesis by inactivating the 60S subunit of the eukaryotic ribosome Endo, et al., J Biol Chem 262: 5908-5912 (1987) herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). Other plant derived toxins, which are single chain ribosomal inhibitory proteins, include pokeweed antiviral protein, wheat germ protein, gelonin, dianthins, momorcharins, trichosanthin, and many others (Strip, et al., FEBS Lett 195:1-8 (1986) herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). Diphtheria toxin and Pseudomonas exotoxin A are also single chain proteins, and their binding and toxicity functions reside in separate domains of the same protein Pseudomonas exotoxin A has the same catalytic activity as diphtheria toxin. Ricin has been used therapeutically by binding its toxic a-chain, to targeting molecules such as Abs to enable site-specific delivery of the toxic effect. Bacterial toxins have also been used as anti-tumor conjugates. As intended herein, a toxic peptide chain or domain is conjugated to a compound of this invention and delivered in a site-specific manner to a target site where the toxic activity is desired, such as a metastatic focus.

5.1.4 Pseudomonas Exotoxin and Variants Thereof

Pseudomonas exotoxin A (PE) is an extremely active 66 kDa protein (613 or 615 amino acids) secreted by Pseudomonas aeruginosa. The amino acid sequence of PE can be found in the GenBank database (see, e.g., Accession No. 1IKQA). It is composed of four discrete structural domains: an amino-terminal receptor binding domain (domain Ia; amino acids 1-252), a middle translocation domain (domain II; amino acids 253-364), a minor domain (domain Ib; amino acids 365-399 or 365-404), and a carboxyl-terminal ADP-ribosylating domain (domain III; amino acids 400-613/615 or 405-613/615). Upon binding its receptor on the surface of a eukaryotic cell, it is internalized by endocytosis. The toxin is then activated by proteolytic cleavage between amino acids 279 and 280, and forms a channel through which the enzymatic domain translocates to the cytosol. Once in the cytosol, PE inhibits protein synthesis, and thus exerts its cytotoxic effect, by catalyzing the irreversible ADP-ribosylation (transfer of the ADP ribosyl moiety from oxidized NAD) of translational elongation factor 2 (EF-2). See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,892,827, and Seetharam, et al., J Biol Chem 266:17376-17381 (1991), which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.

Pseudomonas exotoxin-containing immunotoxins were previously constructed by first reacting native PE with iminothiolane. This reaction served both to introduce two new sulfhydryl groups used for coupling an antibody to the toxin, and to inactivate the binding of PE to its own receptor. This approach relied on the chemical inactivation of PE-binding sites in order to minimize undesirable side effects of the immunotoxin binding to cells with PE receptors. Although this approach has been successful in killing specific cells in tissue culture and targeting tumors in mice, its therapeutic utility is limited as it cannot be administered in high doses. Therefore, catalytically-active fragments of PE are designed to overcome this limitation, facilitating the development of immunotoxins with high potency and low toxicity. For example, PE40 (Pseudomonas exotoxin fragment of 40 kDa is a fragment of PE that comprises the entire protein except for the receptor-binding domain (domain Ia); in immunotoxins, domain Ia can be either deleted or substituted. Moreover, additional fragments of PE have been developed, to yield cytotoxins with greater potency. These include PE37, which is a fragment that lacks domain Ia and is mutated such that it does not need to undergo proteolytic cleavage for activation (e.g., is deleted for amino acids 1-279); other mutations that result in a constitutively active fragment have been contemplated. PE35 additionally lacks part of domain Ib; other mutations in which domain Ib, in its entirety or at least the amino-terminal half of it, is deleted or substituted, have been developed. PE38 is a fragment deleted for domain Ia and amino acids 365-380 of Ib. Any combination of the modifications of PE described above, or other modifications that allow it to retain its cytotoxic activity and specificity when conjugated to an 67LR antibody, are contemplated herein. Other variants of PE that can be used in the present invention include those in which the carboxyl terminus is mutated from Arg-Glu-Asp-Leu-Lys (REDLK) to KDEL or KDEL repeats (e.g., (KDEL)₂ or (KDEL)₃). The KDEL mutation has been shown to increase the activity of immunotoxins by increasing their binding to the intracellular KDEL receptor and thereby increasing the amount of immunotoxin that reaches the cytosol. All of the above fragments of PE can be mutated so that they have the KDEL sequence at there carboxyl terminus. See, e.g., Seetharam, et al., J Biol Chem 266:17376-17381 (1991) and U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,892,827, 5,696,237, 5,747,654, 5,863,745, 5,980,895, 6,051,405, 6,074,644, 6,147,203, and 6,558,672, which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.

Fragments, analogs, and derivatives of PE can be useful in the present application. In some embodiments, the cytotoxic moiety of the invention consists of full-length PE, i.e., the receptor binding, translocation, minor, and catalytic domains. In other embodiments, the cytotoxic moiety consists of the fragments PE35, PE37, PE38, or PE40. In preferred embodiments, the cytotoxic moiety of the invention consists of PE38.

Moreover, the antibody moiety of PE-containing immunotoxins can be substituted into different parts of PE, so that the above PE variants (including KDEL-containing variants) contain a 67LR antibody or fragment thereof (e.g., but not by limitation, scFv, dsFv wherein V_(H) is in the same polypeptide as PE, or dsFv wherein V_(L) is in the same polypeptide as PE) in place of domain Ia, in place of amino acids 1-279, or in place of all or part of domain Ib, as exemplary embodiments of the invention. In other embodiments of the invention, the antibody is inserted at the carboxyl terminus of the PE variant, wherein the native PE carboxyl-terminal amino acids 604/607-613/615 are moved to or repeated at the end of the molecule, so that the native carboxyl terminus of PE is retained (necessary for its cytotoxic activity although unrelated to its ADP ribosylation activity). In another embodiment, the antibody is inserted at the carboxyl terminus of the PE variant, wherein the native PE carboxyl-terminal amino acids 604/607-613/615 are moved to or repeated at the end of the molecule and the REDLK terminus is replaced with KDEL. An antibody or fragment thereof comprising two polypeptide chains, one of which is in the same polypeptide as the PE variant, can also be inserted at the carboxyl terminus of PE as long as one of the chains contains PE amino acids 604/607-613/615, or the REDLK-to-KDEL substitution, at its carboxyl terminus. See, e.g., Seetharam, et al., J Biol Chem 266:17376-17381 (1991) and U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,892,827, 5,696,237, 5,747,654, 5,863,745, 5,980,895, 6,051,405, 6,074,644, 6,147,203, and 6,558,672, which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.

Other fragments, analogs, and derivatives of PE can be useful in the present invention provided that when fused to the anti-67LR antibody portion of the conjugate, such fragments, analogs, and derivatives do not prevent the 67LR antibody from binding to 67LR expressed on the surface of a cell. Preferably, the binding kinetics of the fragments, analogs, or derivatives remain the same or vary only by not more than 25%. The PE polypeptide may be obtained from any species, heterologously or natively expressed. The nucleotide and/or amino acid sequences of PE polypeptides can be found in the literature or public databases, or the nucleotide and/or amino acid sequences can be determined using cloning and sequencing techniques known to one of skill in the art. In some embodiments, PE is expressed in Escherichia coli.

In one embodiment of the invention, a PE polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence that contains at least one conservative amino acid substitution, but not more than 50 conservative amino acid substitutions, even more preferably, not more than 40 conservative amino acid substitutions, still more preferably, not more than 30 conservative amino acid substitutions, and still even more preferably, not more than 20 conservative amino acid substitutions relative to the native amino acid sequence of the chosen fragment (e.g., the native amino acid sequence of PE38), which result in a silent change, i.e., no change in activity. In another embodiment of the invention, a PE polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence that contains at least one conservative amino acid substitution, but not more than 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2 or 1 conservative amino acid substitutions relative to the native amino acid sequence of the chosen fragment (e.g., the native PE38 amino acid sequence), which result in a silent change. In yet another embodiment, a PE polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence that contains one or more conservative substitutions or a combination of non-conservative and conservative amino acid substitutions relative to the native amino acid sequence of the chosen fragment, which results in a silent change.

To improve or alter the characteristics of PE polypeptides, protein engineering may be employed. Recombinant DNA technology known to those skilled in the art can be used to create novel mutant proteins or “muteins” including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, additions, or fusion proteins. Such modified polypeptides can show, e.g., enhanced activity or increased stability. In addition, they may be purified in higher yields and show better solubility than the corresponding natural polypeptide, at least under certain purification and storage conditions.

In another embodiment, a PE polypeptide is at least 50%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, or at least 95% identical to the native amino acid sequence of a chosen fragment (e.g., the native sequence of PE38).

5.2 Methods for Producing Antibodies

Antibodies that bind to an antigen can be produced by any method known in the art for the synthesis of antibodies, in particular, by chemical synthesis or preferably, by recombinant expression techniques. In some embodiments, an immunogen that comprises an epitope unique to a protein component is used to generate an antibody specific for the component.

Polyclonal antibodies specific for an antigen can be produced by various procedures well-known in the art. As a non-limiting example, the antigen (i.e., human 67LR) can be administered to various host animals including, but not limited to, rabbits, mice, rats, etc. to induce the production of sera containing polyclonal antibodies specific for the human antigen. Various adjuvants may be used to increase the immunological response, depending on the host species, and include but are not limited to Freund's (complete and incomplete), mineral gels such as aluminum hydroxide, surface active substances such as lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, keyhole limpet hemocyanins, dinitrophenol, and potentially useful human adjuvants such as BCG (bacille Calmette-Guerin) and Corynebacterium parvum. Such adjuvants are also well known in the art.

Monoclonal antibodies can be prepared using a wide variety of techniques known in the art including the use of hybridoma, recombinant, and phage display technologies, or a combination thereof. For example, monoclonal antibodies can be produced using hybridoma techniques including those known in the art and taught, for example, in Köhler & Milstein, 1975, Nature 256:495-497; Pasqualini & Arap, 2004, PNAS USA 101:257-259; Steinitz, et al., 1977, Nature 269:420-422; Vollmers, et al., 1989, Cancer Res 49:2471-2476; Vollmers & Brandlein, 2002 Hum. Antibodies 11(4):131-142; Harlow, et al., Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988); Hammerling, et al., in: Monoclonal Antibodies and T Cell Hybridomas 563 681 (Elsevier, N.Y., 1981) (said references incorporated by reference in their entireties). The term “monoclonal antibody” as used herein is not limited to antibodies produced through hybridoma technology. The term “monoclonal antibody” refers to an antibody that is derived from a single clone, including any eukaryotic, prokaryotic, or phage clone, and not the method by which it is produced.

Methods for producing and screening for specific antibodies using hybridoma technology are routine and well known in the art. Briefly, mice can be immunized with a non-murine antigen and once an immune response is detected, e.g., antibodies specific for the antigen are detected in the mouse serum, the mouse spleen is harvested and splenocytes isolated. The splenocytes are then fused by well known techniques to any suitable myeloma cells, for example cells from cell line SP20 available from the ATCC. Hybridomas are selected and cloned by limited dilution. The hybridoma clones are then assayed by methods known in the art for cells that secrete antibodies capable of binding 67LR. Ascites fluid, which generally contains high levels of antibodies, can be generated by immunizing mice with positive hybridoma clones.

The present invention provides methods of generating monoclonal antibodies as well as antibodies produced by the method comprising culturing a hybridoma cell (e.g., the hybridoma that expresses mLuC5 or mLuC6 monoclonal antibody) secreting an antibody of the invention wherein, preferably, the hybridoma is generated by fusing splenocytes isolated from a mouse immunized with a non-murine antigen with myeloma cells and then screening the hybridomas resulting from the fusion for hybridoma clones that secrete an antibody able to bind to the antigen.

Antibody fragments that recognize specific particular epitopes on 67LR may be generated by any technique known to those of skill in the art. For example, total cellular RNA is isolated from hybridoma cells expressing the desired monoclonal antibodies using methods known to those skilled in the art, e.g., using the Qiagen RNeasy mini kit. V_(H) and V_(L) cDNAs of the monoclonal antibodies can be obtained by a RACE method using SMART RACE cDNA amplification kit (Clontech) as described in Pastan, et al., Methods Mol Biol 2004; 248:503-18, or other method for preparation of cDNA known to those of skill in the art. Prepared cDNAs are then used as the template for PCR reactions to amplify the desired V_(H) and V_(L) fragments. The PCR products can then be cloned into an appropriate vector, either directly into a vector containing the cytotoxin, or transferred to a shuttle vector, such as pCR4®-TOPO®, using the TOPO TA cloning kit (Invitrogen). The V_(H) and V_(L) chains can then be assembled into a single chain Fv (scFv) and fused to a cytotoxin as described in Pastan, et al., Methods Mol Biol 2004; 248:503-18, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. As another example, Fab and F(ab′)₂ fragments of the invention may be produced by proteolytic cleavage of immunoglobulin molecules, using enzymes such as papain (to produce Fab fragments) or pepsin (to produce F(ab′)₂ fragments). F(ab′)₂ fragments contain the variable region, the light chain constant region and the CH, domain of the heavy chain.

Further, the antibodies of the present invention can also be generated using various phage display methods known in the art. In phage display methods, functional antibody domains are displayed on the surface of phage particles that carry the polynucleotide sequences encoding them. In particular, DNA sequences encoding V_(H) and V_(L) domains are amplified from animal cDNA libraries (e.g., human or murine cDNA libraries of 67LR-expressing tissues). The DNA encoding the V_(H) and V_(L) domains are recombined together with an scFv linker by PCR and cloned into a phagemid vector. The vector is electroporated into E. coli and the E. coli is infected with helper phage. Phage used in these methods are typically filamentous phage including fd and M13 and the V_(H) and V_(L) domains are usually recombinantly fused to either the phage gene III or gene VIII. Phage expressing an antigen binding domain that binds to a particular antigen can be selected or identified with antigen, e.g., using labeled antigen or antigen bound or captured to a solid surface or bead. Examples of phage display methods that can be used to make the antibodies of the present invention include those disclosed in Brinkman, et al., 1995, J Immunol Methods 182:41-50; Ames, et al., 1995, J Immunol Methods 184:177-186; Kettleborough, et al., 1994, Eur J Immunol 24:952-958; Persic, et al., 1997, Gene 187:9-18; Burton, et al., 1994, Advances in Immunology 57:191-280; International application No. PCT/GB91/01134; Griffiths, et al., 1994, EMBO J. 13:3245-3260; Winter, et al., 1994, Annu Rev Immunol 12:433-455; Liv, et al., 2004, Cancer Res 64:704-710; International publication Nos. WO 90/02809, WO 91/10737, WO 92/01047, WO 92/18619, WO 93/11236, WO 95/15982, WO 95/20401, and WO97/13844; and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,698,426, 5,223,409, 5,403,484, 5,580,717, 5,427,908, 5,750,753, 5,821,047, 5,571,698, 5,427,908, 5,516,637, 5,780,225, 5,658,727, 5,733,743 and 5,969,108; each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

As described in the above references, after phage selection, the antibody coding regions from the phage can be isolated and used to generate whole antibodies, including human antibodies, or any other desired antigen binding fragment, and expressed in any desired host, including mammalian cells, insect cells, plant cells, yeast, and bacteria, e.g., as described below. Techniques to recombinantly produce Fab, Fab′ and F(ab′)₂ fragments can also be employed using methods known in the art such as those disclosed in PCT publication No. WO 92/22324; Mullinax, et al., 1992, BioTechniques 12(6):864-869; Sawai, et al., 1995, AJRI 34:26-34; and Better, et al., 1988, Science 240:1041-1043 (said references incorporated by reference in their entireties).

To generate whole antibodies, PCR primers including V_(H) or V_(L) nucleotide sequences, a restriction site, and a flanking sequence to protect the restriction site can be used to amplify the V_(H) or V_(L) sequences in scFv clones. Utilizing cloning techniques known to those of skill in the art, the PCR amplified V_(H) domains can be cloned into vectors expressing a V_(H) constant region, e.g., the human gamma 4 constant region, and the PCR amplified V_(L) domains can be cloned into vectors expressing a V_(L) constant region, e.g., human kappa or lambda constant regions. Preferably, the vectors for expressing the V_(H) or V_(L) domains comprise an EF-1α promoter, a secretion signal, a cloning site for the variable domain, constant domains, and a selection marker such as neomycin. The V_(H) and V_(L) domains may also cloned into one vector expressing the necessary constant regions. The heavy chain conversion vectors and light chain conversion vectors are then co-transfected into cell lines to generate stable or transient cell lines that express full-length antibodies, e.g., IgG, using techniques known to those of skill in the art.

For some uses, including in vivo use of antibodies in humans and in vitro detection assays, it may be preferable to use humanized antibodies or chimeric antibodies. Completely human antibodies and humanized antibodies are particularly desirable for therapeutic treatment of human subjects. Human antibodies can be made by a variety of methods known in the art including phage display methods described above using antibody libraries derived from human immunoglobulin sequences. See U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,444,887 and 4,716,111; and International publication Nos. WO 98/46645, WO 98/50433, WO 98/24893, WO98/16654, WO 96/34096, WO 96/33735, and WO 91/10741; each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

Human antibodies can also be produced using transgenic mice that are incapable of expressing functional endogenous immunoglobulins, but that can express human immunoglobulin genes. For example, the human heavy and light chain immunoglobulin gene complexes may be introduced randomly or by homologous recombination into mouse embryonic stem cells. Alternatively, the human variable region, constant region, and diversity region may be introduced into mouse embryonic stem cells in addition to the human heavy and light chain genes. The mouse heavy and light chain immunoglobulin genes may be rendered non functional separately or simultaneously with the introduction of human immunoglobulin loci by homologous recombination. In particular, homozygous deletion of the JH region prevents endogenous antibody production. The modified embryonic stem cells are expanded and microinjected into blastocysts to produce chimeric mice. The chimeric mice are then bred to produce homozygous offspring which express human antibodies. The transgenic mice are immunized in the normal fashion with a selected antigen, e.g., all or a portion of a polypeptide of the invention. Monoclonal antibodies directed against the antigen can be obtained from the immunized, transgenic mice using conventional hybridoma technology. The human immunoglobulin transgenes harbored by the transgenic mice rearrange during B cell differentiation, and subsequently undergo class switching and somatic mutation. Thus, using such a technique, it is possible to produce therapeutically useful IgG, IgA, IgM, and IgE antibodies. For an overview of this technology for producing human antibodies, see Lonberg and Huszar, 1995, Int. Rev. Immunol. 13:65 93.

For a detailed discussion of methods for producing human antibodies and human monoclonal antibodies and protocols for producing such antibodies, see, e.g., Tomizuka et al., 2000 PNAS USA 97:722-727; Davis, et al., 2004, Methods Mol Biol 248:191-200; Lagerkvist et al., 1995, Biotechniques 18:862-869; Babcook, et al., 1996 PNAS USA 93:7843-7848; International publication Nos. WO 98/24893, WO 96/34096, and WO 96/33735; and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,413,923, 5,625,126, 5,633,425, 5,569,825, 5,661,016, 5,545,806, 5,814,318, and 5,939,598, which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. In addition, companies such as Abgenix, Inc. (Freemont, Calif.) and Genpharm (San Jose, Calif.) can be engaged to provide human antibodies directed against a selected antigen using technology similar to that described above.

A chimeric antibody is a molecule in which different portions of the antibody are derived from different immunoglobulin molecules. Methods for producing chimeric antibodies are known in the art. See e.g., Morrison, 1985, Science 229:1202; Oi, et al., 1986, BioTechniques 4:214; Gillies, et al., 1989, J Immunol Methods 125:191-202; and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,807,715, 4,816,567, 4,816,397, and 6,311,415, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

A humanized antibody is an antibody that is capable of binding to a predetermined antigen and that comprises a framework region having substantially the amino acid sequence of a human immunoglobulin and a CDR having substantially the amino acid sequence of a non-human immunoglobulin. A humanized antibody comprises substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains (Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)₂, Fabc, Fv), in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin (i.e., donor antibody) and all or substantially all of the framework regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence. Preferably, a humanized antibody also comprises at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin. Ordinarily, the antibody will contain both the light chain as well as at least the variable domain of a heavy chain. The antibody also may include the CH1, hinge, CH2, CH3, and CH4 regions of the heavy chain. The humanized antibody can be selected from any class of immunoglobulins, including IgM, IgG, IgD, IgA, and IgE, and any isotype, including IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, and IgG4. Usually the constant domain is a complement fixing constant domain where it is desired that the humanized antibody exhibit cytotoxic activity, and the class is typically IgG1. Where such cytotoxic activity is not desirable, the constant domain may be of the IgG2 class. The humanized antibody may comprise sequences from more than one class or isotype, and selecting particular constant domains to optimize desired effector functions is within the ordinary skill in the art. The framework and CDR regions of a humanized antibody need not correspond precisely to the parental sequences, e.g., the donor CDR or the consensus framework may be mutagenized by substitution, insertion or deletion of at least one residue so that the CDR or framework residue at that site does not correspond to either the consensus or the import antibody. Such mutations, however, will not be extensive. Usually, at least 75% of the humanized antibody residues will correspond to those of the parental framework and CDR sequences, more often 90%, and most preferably greater than 95%. A humanized antibody can be produced using variety of techniques known in the art, including but not limited to, CDR-grafting (see, e.g., European Patent No. EP 239,400; International Publication No. WO 91/09967; and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,225,539, 5,530,101, and 5,585,089, each of which is incorporated herein in its entirety by reference), veneering or resurfacing (see, e.g., European Patent Nos. EP 592,106 and EP 519,596; Padlan, 1991, Molecular Immunology 28(4/5):489-498; Studnicka et al., 1994, Protein Engineering 7(6):805-814; and Roguska et al., 1994, PNAS 91:969-973, each of which is incorporated herein by its entirety by reference), chain shuffling (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,565,332, which is incorporated herein in its entirety by reference), and techniques disclosed in, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,407,213, U.S. Pat. No. 5,766,886, International Publication No. WO 9317105, Tan, et al., J Immunol 169:111925 (2002), Caldas, et al., Protein Eng 13(5):353 60 (2000), Morea, et al., Methods 20(3):267 79 (2000), Baca, et al., J Biol Chem 272(16):10678 84 (1997), Roguska, et al., Protein Eng 9(10):895 904 (1996), Couto, et al., Cancer Res 55 (23 Supp):5973s-5977s (1995), Couto, et al., Cancer Res 55(8):1717 22 (1995), Sandhu J S, Gene 150(2):409 10 (1994), and Pedersen, et al., J Mol Biol 235(3):959 73 (1994), each of which is incorporated herein in its entirety by reference. Often, framework residues in the framework regions will be substituted with the corresponding residue from the CDR donor antibody to alter, preferably improve, antigen binding. These framework substitutions are identified by methods well known in the art, e.g., by modeling of the interactions of the CDR and framework residues to identify framework residues important for antigen binding and sequence comparison to identify unusual framework residues at particular positions. (See, e.g., Queen, et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089; and Riechmann, et al., 1988, Nature 332:323, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.)

Diabodies, triabodies, and tetrabodies can be produced by techniques known to one of skill in the art. See, e.g., Kipriyanov, 2002, Methods Mol Biol 178:317-331; Todorovska, et al., 2001 J Immunol Methods 248:47-66; and Poljak, et al., 1994, Structure 2:1121-1123, each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety, for methods for producing diabodies, triabodies, and tetrabodies. Single domain antibodies can also be produced by techniques known to one of skill in the art. For a description of techniques to produce single domain antibodies, see, e.g., Holliger & Hudson, 2005 Nat. Biotechnol. 23:1126-1136, Riechmann, et al., 1999, J Immunol Methods 231:25-38; and Dick, 1990, BMJ 300:659-600, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

Generation of intrabodies is well-known to the skilled artisan and is described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,004,940; 6,072,036; 5,965,371, which are incorporated by reference in their entireties herein. Further, the construction of intrabodies is discussed in Ohage and Steipe, 1999, J. Mol. Biol. 291:1119-1128; Ohage, et al., 1999, J Mol Biol 291:1129-1134; and Wirtz and Steipe, 1999, Protein Science 8:2245-2250, which references are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. Recombinant molecular biological techniques such as those described for recombinant production of antibodies may also be used in the generation of intrabodies.

5.2.1 Nucleotide Sequences Encoding an Antibody

The invention provides nucleic acid sequences comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding an antibody or an antibody conjugate that binds to 67LR. In a specific embodiment, such nucleic acid sequences are isolated. The invention also encompasses nucleic acid sequences that hybridize under high, intermediate, or lower stringency hybridization conditions, e.g., as defined supra, to nucleic acid sequences that encode an antibody of the invention.

The nucleic acid sequence may be obtained, and the nucleotide sequence of the nucleic acid sequence determined, by any method known in the art. The nucleotide sequence of antibodies specific for 67LR or a desired epitope on 67LR can be obtained, e.g., from the literature or a database such as GenBank. Such a nucleic acid sequence encoding the antibody may be assembled from chemically synthesized oligonucleotides (e.g., as described in Kutmeier, et al., 1994, BioTechniques 17:242), which, briefly, involves the synthesis of overlapping oligonucleotides containing portions of the sequence encoding the antibody, annealing and ligating of those oligonucleotides, and then amplification of the ligated oligonucleotides by PCR

Alternatively, a nucleic acid sequence encoding an 67LR antibody may be generated from nucleic acid from a suitable source. If a clone containing a nucleic acid encoding a particular antibody is not available, but the sequence of the antibody molecule is known, a nucleic acid encoding the immunoglobulin may be chemically synthesized or obtained from a suitable source (e.g., an antibody cDNA library, or a cDNA library generated from, or nucleic acid—preferably poly A+ RNA—isolated from, any tissue or cells expressing the antibody, such as hybridoma cells selected to express an antibody of the invention) by PCR amplification using synthetic primers hybridizable to the 3′ and 5′ ends of the sequence or by cloning using an oligonucleotide probe specific for the particular gene sequence to identify, e.g., a cDNA clone from a cDNA library that encodes the antibody. Amplified nucleic acids generated by PCR may then be cloned into replicable cloning vectors using any method well known in the art.

Once the nucleotide sequence of the antibody is determined, the nucleotide sequence of the antibody may be manipulated using methods well known in the art for the manipulation of nucleotide sequences, e.g., recombinant DNA techniques, site directed mutagenesis, PCR, etc. (see, for example, the techniques described in Sambrook, et al., 1990, Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual, 2d Ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. and Ausubel, et al., eds., 1998, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, NY, which are both incorporated by reference herein in their entireties), to generate antibodies having a different amino acid sequence, for example, to create amino acid substitutions, deletions, and/or insertions.

In a specific embodiment, one or more of the CDRs is inserted within framework regions using routine recombinant DNA techniques. The framework regions may be naturally occurring or consensus framework regions, and preferably human framework regions (see, e.g., Chothia, et al., 1998, J Mol Biol 278: 457-479 for a listing of human framework regions). Preferably, the nucleic acid sequence generated by the combination of the framework regions and CDRs encodes an antibody that binds to the 67LR chain. In a specific embodiment, one or more amino acid substitutions may be made within the framework regions, and in certain embodiments, the amino acid substitutions improve binding of the antibody to its antigen. Additionally, such methods may be used to make amino acid substitutions or deletions of one or more variable region cysteine residues participating in an intrachain disulfide bond to generate antibody molecules lacking one or more intrachain disulfide bonds. Other alterations to the nucleic acid sequence are encompassed by the present invention and within the skill of the art.

5.2.2 Recombinant Expression of an Antibody

Recombinant expression of an antibody that binds to 67LR requires construction of an expression vector containing a nucleic acid sequence that encodes the antibody. Once a nucleic acid sequence encoding an antibody molecule, heavy or light chain of an antibody, or fragment thereof (preferably, but not necessarily, containing the heavy or light chain variable domain) of the invention has been obtained, the vector for the production of the antibody molecule may be produced by recombinant DNA technology using techniques well-known in the art. Thus, methods for preparing an antibody by expressing a nucleic acid sequence encoding the antibody are described herein. Methods that are well known to those skilled in the art can be used to construct expression vectors containing antibody coding sequences and appropriate transcriptional and translational control signals. These methods include, for example, in vitro recombinant DNA techniques, synthetic techniques, and in vivo genetic recombination. The invention, thus, provides replicable vectors comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding an antibody molecule of the invention, a heavy or light chain of an antibody, a heavy or light chain variable domain of an antibody or a fragment thereof, or a heavy or light chain CDR, operably linked to a promoter. Such vectors may include the nucleotide sequence encoding the constant region of the antibody molecule (see, e.g., International Publication No. WO 86/05807; International Publication No. WO 89/01036; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,122,464) and the variable domain of the antibody may be cloned into such a vector for expression of the entire heavy chain, the entire light chain, or both the entire heavy and light chains.

The expression vector is transferred to a host cell by conventional techniques and the transfected cells are then cultured by conventional techniques to produce an antibody of the invention. Thus, the invention includes host cells containing a nucleic acid sequence encoding an antibody, or a heavy or light chain thereof, or fragment thereof, or a single chain antibody of the invention, operably linked to a heterologous promoter. In preferred embodiments for the expression of double-chained antibodies, vectors encoding both the heavy and light chains may be co-expressed in the host cell for expression of the entire immunoglobulin molecule, as detailed below.

A variety of host-expression vector systems may be utilized to express the antibody molecules of the invention (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,807,715). Such host-expression systems represent vehicles by which the coding sequences of interest may be produced and subsequently purified, but also represent cells that may, when transformed or transfected with the appropriate nucleotide coding sequences, express an antibody molecule of the invention in situ. These include but are not limited to microorganisms such as bacteria (e.g., E. coli and B. subtilis) transformed with recombinant bacteriophage DNA, plasmid DNA, or cosmid DNA expression vectors containing antibody coding sequences; yeast (e.g., Saccharomyces cerevisiae or Pichia pastoris) transformed with recombinant yeast expression vectors containing antibody coding sequences; insect cell systems infected with recombinant virus expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus) containing antibody coding sequences; plant cell systems infected with recombinant virus expression vectors (e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV; tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or transformed with recombinant plasmid expression vectors (e.g., Ti plasmid) containing antibody coding sequences; or mammalian cell systems (e.g., COS, CHO, BHK, 293, NS0, and 3T3 cells) harboring recombinant expression constructs containing promoters derived from the genome of mammalian cells (e.g., metallothionein promoter) or from mammalian viruses (e.g., the adenovirus late promoter; the vaccinia virus 7.5K promoter). Preferably, bacterial cells such as Escherichia coli, and more preferably, eukaryotic cells, especially for the expression of whole recombinant antibody molecules, are used for the expression of a recombinant antibody molecule. For example, mammalian cells such as Chinese hamster ovary cells. (CHO), in conjunction with a vector such as the major intermediate early gene promoter element from human cytomegalovirus, is an effective expression system for antibodies (Foecking, et al., 1986, Gene 45:101; and Cockett, et al., 1990, Bio/Technology 8:2). In a specific embodiment, the expression of nucleotide sequences encoding antibodies that bind to 67LR is regulated by a constitutive promoter, inducible promoter, or tissue specific promoter.

In bacterial systems, a number of expression vectors may be advantageously selected depending upon the use intended for the antibody molecule being expressed. For example, when a large quantity of such an antibody is to be produced, for the generation of pharmaceutical compositions of an antibody molecule, vectors that direct the expression of high levels of fusion protein products that are readily purified may be desirable. Such vectors include, but are not limited to, the E. coli expression vector pUR278 (Ruther, et al., 1983, EMBO 12:1791), in which the antibody coding sequence may be ligated individually into the vector in frame with the lac Z coding region so that a fusion protein is produced; pIN vectors (Inouye & Inouye, 1985, Nucleic Acids Res. 13:3101-3109; Van Heeke & Schuster, 1989, J Biol Chem 24:5503-5509); and the like. pGEX vectors may also be used to express foreign polypeptides as fusion proteins with glutathione S-transferase (GST). In general, such fusion proteins are soluble and can easily be purified from lysed cells by adsorption and binding to matrix glutathione agarose beads followed by elution in the presence of free glutathione. The pGEX vectors are designed to include thrombin or factor Xa protease cleavage sites so that the cloned target gene product can be released from the GST moiety.

In an insect system, Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcNPV) is used as a vector to express foreign genes. The virus grows in Spodoptera frugiperda cells. The antibody coding sequence may be cloned individually into non-essential regions (for example the polyhedrin gene) of the virus and placed under control of an AcNPV promoter (for example the polyhedrin promoter).

In mammalian host cells, a number of virus-based expression systems may be utilized. In cases where an adenovirus is used as an expression vector, the antibody coding sequence of interest may be ligated to an adenovirus transcription/translation control complex, e.g., the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. This chimeric gene may then be inserted into the adenovirus genome by in vitro or in vivo recombination. Insertion in a non-essential region of the viral genome (e.g., region E1 or E3) will result in a recombinant virus that is viable and capable of expressing the antibody molecule in infected hosts (e.g., see Logan & Shenk, 1984, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 8 1:355-359). Specific initiation signals may also be required for efficient translation of inserted antibody coding sequences. These signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences. Furthermore, the initiation codon must be in phase with the reading frame of the desired coding sequence to ensure translation of the entire insert. These exogenous translational control signals and initiation codons can be of a variety of origins, both natural and synthetic. The efficiency of expression may be enhanced by the inclusion of appropriate transcription enhancer elements, transcription terminators, etc. (see, e.g., Bittner, et al., 1987, Methods in Enzymol 153:51-544).

In addition, a host cell strain may be chosen that modulates the expression of the inserted sequences, or modifies and processes the gene product in the specific fashion desired. Such modifications (e.g., glycosylation) and processing (e.g., cleavage) of protein products may be important for the function of the protein. Different host cells have characteristic and specific mechanisms for the post-translational processing and modification of proteins and gene products. Appropriate cell lines or host systems can be chosen to ensure the correct modification and processing of the foreign protein expressed. To this end, eukaryotic host cells that possess the cellular machinery for proper processing of the primary transcript, glycosylation, and phosphorylation of the gene product may be used. Such mammalian host cells include but are not limited to CHO, VERY, BHK, HeLa, COS, MDCK, 293, 3T3, W138, BT483, Hs578T, HTB2, BT2O and T47D, NS0 (a murine myeloma cell line that does not endogenously produce any immunoglobulin chains), CRL7O3O, and HsS78Bst cells.

For long-term, high-yield production of recombinant proteins, stable expression is preferred. For example, cell lines that stably express the antibody molecule may be engineered. Rather than using expression vectors that contain viral origins of replication, host cells can be transformed with DNA controlled by appropriate expression control elements (e.g., promoter, enhancer, sequences, transcription terminators, polyadenylation sites, etc.) and a selectable marker. Following the introduction of the foreign DNA, engineered cells may be allowed to grow for 1-2 days in an enriched media, and then are switched to selective media. The selectable marker in the recombinant plasmid confers resistance to the selection and allows cells to stably integrate the plasmid into their chromosomes and grow to form foci, which in turn can be cloned and expanded into cell lines. This method may advantageously be used to engineer cell lines that express the antibody molecule. Such engineered cell lines may be particularly useful in screening and evaluation of compositions that interact directly or indirectly with the antibody molecule.

A number of selection systems may be used; as non-limiting examples, the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase (Wigler, et al., 1977, Cell 11:223), hypoxanthine-guanine phosphoribosyltransferase (Szybalska & Szybalski, 1992, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 48:202), and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase (Lowy, et al., 1980, Cell 22:8-17) genes can be employed in tk-, hgprt- or aprt-cells, respectively. Also, antimetabolite resistance can be used as the basis of selection for the following genes: dhfr, which confers resistance to methotrexate (Wigler, et al., 1980, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 77:357; O'Hare, et al., 1981, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 78:1527); gpt, which confers resistance to mycophenolic acid (Mulligan & Berg, 1981, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 78:2072); neo, which confers resistance to the aminoglycoside G-418 (Wu and Wu, 1991, Biotherapy 3:87-95; Tolstoshev, 1993, Ann Rev Pharmacol Toxicol 32:573-596; Mulligan, 1993, Science 260:926-932; and Morgan and Anderson, 1993, Ann Rev Biochem 62: 191-217; 1993, TIB TECH 11(5):155-215); and hygro, which confers resistance to hygromycin (Santerre, et al., 1984, Gene 30:147). Methods commonly known in the art of recombinant DNA technology may be routinely applied to select the desired recombinant clone, and such methods are described, for example, in Ausubel, et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, NY (1993); Kriegler, Gene Transfer and Expression, A Laboratory Manual, Stockton Press, NY (1990); and in Chapters 12 and 13, Dracopoli et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Human Genetics, John Wiley & Sons, NY (1994); Colberre-Garapin, et al., 1981, J Mol Biol 150:1, which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties.

The expression levels of an antibody molecule can be increased by vector amplification (for a review, see Bebbington and Hentschel, The use of vectors based on gene amplification for the expression of cloned genes in mammalian cells in DNA cloning, Vol. 3. (Academic Press, New York, 1987)). When a marker in the vector system expressing antibody is amplifiable, increase in the level of inhibitor present in culture of host cell will increase the number of copies of the marker gene. Since the amplified region is associated with the antibody gene, production of the antibody will also increase (Crouse, et al., 1983, Mol Cell Biol 3:257).

The host cell may be co-transfected with two expression vectors of the invention, the first vector encoding a heavy chain derived polypeptide and the second vector encoding a light chain derived polypeptide. The two vectors may contain identical selectable markers which enable equal expression of heavy and light chain polypeptides. Alternatively, a single vector may be used which encodes, and is capable of expressing, both heavy and light chain polypeptides. In such situations, the light chain should be placed before the heavy chain to avoid an excess of toxic free heavy chain (Proudfoot, 1986, Nature 322:52; and Kohler, 1980, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 77:2 197). The coding sequences for the heavy and light chains may comprise cDNA or genomic DNA.

Once an antibody molecule of the invention has been produced by recombinant expression, it may be purified by any method known in the art for purification of an immunoglobulin molecule, for example, by chromatography (e.g., ion exchange, affinity, particularly by affinity for the specific antigen after Protein A, and sizing column chromatography), centrifugation, differential solubility, or by any other standard technique for the purification of proteins. Further, the antibodies may be fused to heterologous polypeptide sequences described herein or otherwise known in the art to facilitate purification.

Once a conjugate of the invention has been produced by recombinant expression or by chemical synthesis, it may be purified by any method known in the art for purification of a protein, for example, by chromatography (e.g., ion exchange, affinity, particularly by affinity for the specific antigen after Protein A, and sizing column chromatography), centrifugation, differential solubility, or by any other standard technique for the purification of proteins.

5.2.3 Methods for Producing 67LR Antibody Conjugates

Techniques for conjugating cytotoxic agents or otherwise anticellular moieties to antibodies are well known, e.g., Amon, et al., Monoclonal Antibodies And Cancer Therapy, Reisfeld et al. (eds.), pp. 243-56 (Alan R. Liss, Inc. 1985); Hellstrom, et al., Controlled Drug Delivery (2nd Ed.), Robinson, et al. (eds.), pp. 623-53 (Marcel Dekker, Inc. 1987); Thorpe, Monoclonal Antibodies 84: Biological And Clinical Applications, Pinchera, et al. (eds.), pp. 475-506 (1985); Monoclonal Antibodies For Cancer Detection And Therapy, Baldwin, et al. (eds.), pp. 303-16 (Academic Press 1985), and Thorpe, et al., 1982, Immunol Rev 62:119-58; each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

Methods for fusing or conjugating proteins, polypeptides, or peptides to an antibody are known in the art, and can be used to conjugate proteinaceous cytotoxins to antibodies, or for connecting cytotoxins to antibodies through a peptide linker. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,336,603, 5,622,929, 5,359,046, 5,349,053, 5,447,851, and 5,112,946; European Patent Nos. EP 307,434 and EP 367,166; International Publication Nos. WO 96/04388 and WO 91/06570; Ashkenazi, et al., 1991, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 88: 10535-10539; Zheng, et al., 1995, J Immunol 154:5590-5600; and Vil, et al., 1992, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 89:11337-11341 (said references are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties).

The conjugates of the present invention can be made by standard recombinant DNA techniques or by protein synthetic techniques, e.g., by use of a peptide synthesizer. For example, a nucleic acid molecule encoding a conjugate of the invention can be synthesized by conventional techniques including automated DNA synthesizers. Alternatively, PCR amplification of gene fragments can be carried out using anchor primers that give rise to complementary overhangs between two consecutive gene fragments, which can subsequently be annealed and re-amplified to generate a chimeric gene sequence (see, e.g., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Ausubel, et al., eds., John Wiley & Sons, 1992).

The nucleotide sequences encoding a conjugate or portion thereof of the invention (anti-67LR antibody and/or proteinaceous cytotoxin sequences, such as but not limited to Pseudomonas exotoxin or diphtheria toxin) may be obtained from any information available to those of skill in the art (i.e., from GenBank, the literature, or by routine cloning). The nucleotide sequence coding for a conjugate, or for the antibody or cytotoxin moiety of the conjugate, can be inserted into an appropriate expression vector, i.e., a vector that contains the necessary elements for the transcription and translation of the inserted protein-coding sequence. A variety of host-vector systems may be utilized in the present invention to express the protein-coding sequence. These include but are not limited to mammalian cell systems infected with virus (e.g., vaccinia virus, adenovirus, etc.); insect cell systems infected with virus (e.g., baculovirus); microorganisms such as yeast containing yeast vectors; or bacteria transformed with bacteriophage, DNA, plasmid DNA, or cosmid DNA. The expression elements of vectors vary in their strengths and specificities. Depending on the host-vector system utilized, any one of a number of suitable transcription and translation elements may be used. Recombinant antibody conjugates of the invention are generated by linking the DNA of the anti-67LR antibody (or some fragment thereof) to the DNA of the protein toxin, such that the antibody conjugate is expressed as a single polypeptide, en bloc from the recombinant DNA.

The expression of a conjugate, or a portion thereof, of the invention may be controlled by any promoter or enhancer element known in the art. Promoters that may be used to control expression of a conjugate or its parts include, but are not limited to, the SV40 early promoter region (Bernoist and Chambon, 1981, Nature 290:304-310), the promoter contained in the 3′ long terminal repeat of Rous sarcoma virus (Yamamoto, et al., 1980, Cell 22:787-797), the herpes thymidine kinase promoter (Wagner, et al., 1981, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 78:1441-1445), the regulatory sequences of the metallothionein gene (Brinster, et al., 1982, Nature 296:39-42), the tetracycline (Tet) promoter (Gossen, et al., 1995, Proc Nat Acad Sci USA 89:5547-5551); prokaryotic expression vectors such as the β-lactamase promoter (Villa-Kamaroff, et al., 1978, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 75:3727-3731), or the tac promoter (DeBoer, et al., 1983, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 80:21-25; see also “Useful proteins from recombinant bacteria” in Scientific American, 1980, 242:74-94); plant expression vectors comprising the nopaline synthetase promoter region (Herrera-Estrella, et al., Nature 303:209-213) or the cauliflower mosaic virus 35S RNA promoter (Gardner, et al., 1981, Nucl Acids Res 9:2871), and the promoter of the photosynthetic enzyme ribulose biphosphate carboxylase (Herrera-Estrella, et al., 1984, Nature 310:115-120); promoter elements from yeast or other fungi such as the GAL4 promoter, the ADC (alcohol dehydrogenase) promoter, PGK (phosphoglycerol kinase) promoter, alkaline phosphatase promoter, and the following animal transcriptional control regions, which exhibit tissue specificity and have been utilized in transgenic animals: elastase I gene control region, which is active in pancreatic acinar cells (Swift, et al., 1984, Cell 38:639-646; Ornitz, et al., 1986, Cold Spring Harbor Symp Quant Biol 50:399-409; MacDonald, 1987, Hepatology 7:425-515); insulin gene control region, which is active in pancreatic beta cells (Hanahan, 1985, Nature 315:115-122); immunoglobulin gene control region, which is active in lymphoid cells (Grosschedl, et al., 1984, Cell 38:647-658; Adames, et al., 1985, Nature 318:533-538; Alexander, et al., 1987, Mol Cell Biol 7:1436-1444); mouse mammary tumor virus control region, which is active in testicular, breast, lymphoid, and mast cells (Leder, et al., 1986, Cell 45:485-495); albumin gene control region, which is active in liver (Pinkert, et al., 1987, Genes and Devel 1:268-276); alpha-fetoprotein gene control region, which is active in liver (Krumlauf, et al., 1985, Mol Cell Biol 5:1639-1648; Hammer, et al., 1987, Science 235:53-58; alpha 1-antitrypsin gene control region, which is active in the liver (Kelsey, et al., 1987, Genes and Devel 1:161-171); beta-globin gene control region, which is active in myeloid cells (Mogram, et al., 1985, Nature 315:338-340; Kollias, et al., 1986, Cell 46:89-94); myelin basic protein gene control region, which is active in oligodendrocyte cells in the brain (Readhead, et al., 1987, Cell 48:703-712); myosin light chain-2 gene control region, which is active in skeletal muscle (Sani, 1985, Nature 314:283-286); neuronal-specific enolase (NSE), which is active in neuronal cells (Morelli, et al., 1999, Gen Virol 80:571-83); brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF) gene control region, which is active in neuronal cells (Tabuchi, et al., 1998, Biochem. Biophysic. Res. Corn. 253:818-823); glial fibrillary acidic protein (GFAP) promoter, which is active in astrocytes (Gomes, et al., 1999, Braz J Med Biol Res 32(5):619-631; Morelli, et al., 1999, Gen Virol 80:571-83); and gonadotropic releasing hormone gene control region, which is active in the hypothalamus (Mason, et al., 1986, Science 234:1372-1378). In a specific embodiment, the expression of a conjugate of the invention is regulated by a constitutive promoter. In another embodiment, expression is regulated by an inducible promoter. In another embodiment, expression is regulated by a tissue-specific promoter.

In a specific embodiment, a vector is used that comprises a promoter operably linked to a conjugate-encoding nucleic acid (or nucleic acid that encodes a portion of the conjugate), one or more origins of replication, and, optionally, one or more selectable markers (e.g., an antibiotic resistance gene).

In mammalian host cells, a number of viral-based expression systems may be utilized. In cases where an adenovirus is used as an expression vector, polypeptide(s) of the conjugate may be ligated to an adenovirus transcription/translation control complex, e.g., the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. This chimeric gene may then be inserted into the adenovirus genome by in vitro or in vivo recombination. Insertion into a non-essential region of the viral genome (e.g., region E1 or E3) will result in a recombinant virus that is viable and capable of expressing the antibody molecule and/or proteinaceous cytotoxic moiety in infected hosts (e.g., see Logan & Shenk, 1984, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 81:355-359). Specific initiation signals may also be required for efficient translation of inserted fusion protein coding sequences. These signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences. Furthermore, the initiation codon must be in phase with the reading frame of the desired coding sequence to ensure translation of the entire insert. These exogenous translational control signals and initiation codons can be of a variety of origins, both natural and synthetic. The efficiency of expression may be enhanced by the inclusion of appropriate transcription enhancer elements, transcription terminators, etc. (see Bittner et al., 1987, Methods in Enzymol. 153:51-544).

Expression vectors containing inserts of a gene encoding a conjugate or a portion thereof can be identified by three general approaches: (a) nucleic acid hybridization; (b) presence or absence of “marker” gene functions; and (c) expression of inserted sequences. In the first approach, the presence of a gene encoding a conjugate or a portion thereof in an expression vector can be detected by nucleic acid hybridization using probes comprising sequences that are homologous to the inserted gene. In the second approach, the recombinant vector/host system can be identified and selected based upon the presence or absence of certain “marker” gene functions (e.g., thymidine kinase activity, resistance to antibiotics, transformation phenotype, occlusion body formation in baculovirus, etc.) caused by the insertion of a nucleotide sequence encoding a conjugate or a portion thereof into the vector. For example, if the nucleotide sequence encoding a segment(s) of a conjugate is inserted within the marker gene sequence of the vector, recombinants containing the gene encoding the conjugate insert can be identified by the absence of the marker gene function. In the third approach, recombinant expression vectors can be identified by assaying the gene product (e.g., conjugate) expressed by the recombinant. Such assays can be based, for example, on the physical or functional properties of the conjugate in in vitro assay systems, e.g., binding to 67LR, killing 67LR-expressing cells, competing with other 67LR antibodies or with IL-3 for binding to 67LR, etc.

In addition, a host cell strain may be chosen that modulates the expression of the inserted sequences, or modifies and processes the gene product in the specific fashion desired. Expression from certain promoters can be elevated in the presence of certain inducers; thus, expression of the genetically engineered conjugates or components thereof may be modulated. Furthermore, different host cells have characteristic and specific mechanisms for the translational and post-translational processing and modification (e.g., glycosylation, phosphorylation) of proteins. Appropriate cell lines or host systems can be chosen to ensure the desired modification and processing of the foreign protein expressed. For example, expression in yeast will produce a glycosylated product and expression in a bacterial system will produce an unglycosylated product. Eukaryotic host cells that possess the cellular machinery for proper processing of the primary transcript, glycosylation, and phosphorylation of the gene product may be used. Such mammalian host cells include, but are not limited to, CHO, VERY, BHK, HeLa, COS, MDCK, 293, 3T3, WI38, NS0. Furthermore, different vector/host expression systems may affect processing reactions to different extents.

For long-term, high-yield production of recombinant conjugates, stable expression is preferred. For example, cell lines that stably express the conjugate or a portion thereof of the invention may be engineered. Rather than using expression vectors that contain viral origins of replication, host cells can be transformed with DNA controlled by appropriate expression control elements (e.g., promoter, enhancer, sequences, transcription terminators, polyadenylation sites, etc.), and a selectable marker. Following the introduction of the foreign DNA, engineered cells may be allowed to grow for 1-2 days in an enriched medium, and then are switched to a selective medium. The selectable marker in the recombinant plasmid confers resistance to the selection and allows cells to stably integrate the plasmid into their chromosomes and grow to form foci, which in turn can be cloned and expanded into cell lines. This method may advantageously be used to engineer cell lines that express a conjugate of the invention. Such engineered cell lines may be particularly useful in screening and evaluating compounds that affect the activity of an immunotoxin conjugate binding to 67LR or cytotoxin action.

A number of selection systems may be used, including but not limited to: the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase (Wigler, et al., 1977, Cell 11:223), hypoxanthine-guanine phosphoribosyltransferase (Szybalska & Szybalski, 1962, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 48:2026), and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase (Lowy, et al., 1980, Cell 22:817) genes can be employed in tk-, hgprt- or aprt-cells, respectively. Also, antimetabolite resistance can be used as the basis of selection for dhfr, which confers resistance to methotrexate (Wigler, et al., 1980, Natl Acad Sci USA 77:3567; O'Hare, et al., 1981, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 78:1527); gpt, which confers resistance to mycophenolic acid (Mulligan & Berg, 1981, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 78:2072); neo, which confers resistance to the aminoglycoside G-418 (Colberre-Garapin, et al., 1981, J Mol Biol 150:1); and hygro, which confers resistance to hygromycin (Santerre, et al., 1984, Gene 30:147) genes.

Once a conjugate or a portion thereof (i.e., the antibody, a chain of the antibody fused to a cytotoxin, the cytotoxin, etc.) of the invention has been produced by recombinant expression or by chemical synthesis, it may be purified by methods known in the art for purification and/or refolding of proteins, for example, by chromatography (e.g., ion exchange, affinity, particularly by affinity for the specific antibody for Protein A, or the antibody for 67LR, and sizing column chromatography), centrifugation, differential solubility, or by any other standard technique for the purification of proteins. Expression in bacteria may result in the antibody-cytotoxin conjugate being secreted into the periplasm. In such a case, proteins are purified using standard chromatographic techniques, for example, a two-step procedure that involves a Mono Q (Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology Inc.) anion exchange column and TSK-250 gel filtration column chromatography.

Often, expression in bacteria causes functional proteins, such as the 67LR antibody conjugates of the invention, to be localized in inclusion bodies. This requires that the proteins are solubilized using strong denaturants and subsequently refolded. In the solubilization step, a reducing agent must be present to dissolve disulfide bonds as is well known in the art. An exemplary buffer with a reducing agent is: 0.1 M Tris pH 8, 6M guanidine, 2 mM EDTA, 0.3 M DTE (dithioerythritol). Re-oxidation of protein disulfide bonds can be effectively catalyzed in the present of low molecular weight thiol reagents in reduced and oxidized form. Renaturation is typically accomplished by rapid dilution (e.g., 100 fold) of the denatured and reduced protein into refolding buffer. An exemplary buffer is 0.1 M Tris pH 8.0, 0.5M L-arginine, 8 mM oxidized glutathione, and 2 mM EDTA. Another buffer is phosphate-buffered saline. Other techniques known to those skilled in the art may be used. When the antibody moiety of the immunotoxin contains multiple chains (e.g., dsFv fragments consisting of modified V_(H) and V_(L), one of which is continuous with a proteinaceous cytotoxin such as PE), each chain can be solubilized separately and then combined in the refolding solution. A preferred yield is obtained when these two proteins are mixed in a molar ratio such that a molar excess of one protein over the other does not exceed a 5 fold excess. It is desirable to add excess oxidized glutathione or other oxidizing low molecular weight compounds to the refolding solution after the redox-shuffling is completed. Alternatively, the final oxidation can be omitted and the refolding carried out at pH 9.5. Renatured material can then be purified using standard chromatography techniques, for example, a three-step column chromatographic procedure involving Q-Sepharose, Mono Q, and TSK 250 gel filtration can be used to obtain highly purified monomeric fusion proteins. See, e.g., Seetharam et al., “Increased Cytotoxic Activity of Pseudomonas Exotoxin and Two Chimeric Toxins Ending in KDEL,” J. Biol. Chem. 266:17376-17381 (1991) and U.S. Pat. No. 6,074,644, which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.

In another embodiment, the PE cytotoxin can be modified so that its carboxyl terminus contains the KDEL sequence. For example, a KDEL variant can be constructed by replacing the PE38 portion from the antibody-cytotoxin conjugate expression plasmid with PE38 containing KDEL, as described in Kreitman, et al., Clin Cancer Res 2000; 6:1476-87, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

5.3 Pharmaceutical Compositions and Routes of Administration

The present invention provides compositions comprising an antibody of the invention and carrier. In one embodiment, the invention provides compositions comprising an antibody of the invention. In a another embodiment, the invention provides compositions comprising an antibody conjugate, such as an immunotoxin.

The invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of an antibody of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle. In a specific embodiment, a pharmaceutical composition comprises an effective amount of an antibody of the invention and a pharmaceutical acceptable carrier or vehicle. In another embodiment, a pharmaceutical composition comprises an effective amount of an antibody conjugate of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle. The pharmaceutical compositions are suitable for veterinary and/or human administration.

The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be in any form that allows for the composition to be administered to a subject, said subject preferably being an animal, including, but not limited to a human, mammal, or non-human animal, such as a cow, horse, sheep, pig, fowl, cat, dog, mouse, rat, rabbit, guinea pig, etc., and is more preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human.

The compositions of the invention can be in the form of a solid, liquid or gas (aerosol). Typical routes of administration may include, without limitation, oral, topical, parenteral, sublingual, rectal, vaginal, ocular, intradermal, intratumoral, intracerebral, intrathecal, and intranasal. Parenteral administration includes subcutaneous injections, intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intrapleural, intrasternal injection, directly into the lumen of the bladder, directly into the tumor, or infusion techniques. In a specific embodiment, the compositions are administered parenterally. In a more specific embodiment, the compositions are administered intravenously. Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be formulated so as to allow an antibody of the invention to be bioavailable upon administration of the composition to a subject. Compositions can take the form of one or more dosage units, where, for example, a tablet can be a single dosage unit, and a container of an antibody of the invention in aerosol form can hold a plurality of dosage units.

Materials used in preparing the pharmaceutical compositions can be non-toxic in the amounts used. It will be evident to those of ordinary skill in the art that the optimal dosage of the active ingredient(s) in the pharmaceutical composition will depend on a variety of factors. Relevant factors include, without limitation, the type of subject (e.g., human), the overall health of the subject, the type of cancer the subject is in need of treatment of, the use of the composition as part of a multi-drug regimen, the particular form of the antibody of the invention, the manner of administration, and the composition employed.

The pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle may be particulate, so that the compositions are, for example, in tablet or powder form. The carrier(s) can be liquid, with the compositions being, for example, an oral syrup or injectable liquid. In addition, the carrier(s) can be gaseous, so as to provide an aerosol composition useful in, e.g., inhalatory administration.

The term “carrier” refers to a diluent, adjuvant or excipient, with which a conjugate of the invention is administered. Such pharmaceutical carriers can be liquids, such as water and oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, such as peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil and the like. The carriers can be saline, gum acacia, gelatin, starch paste, talc, keratin, colloidal silica, urea, and the like. In addition, auxiliary, stabilizing, thickening, lubricating and coloring agents can be used. In one embodiment, when administered to a subject, the conjugates of the invention and pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are sterile. Water is a preferred carrier when the conjugate of the invention is administered intravenously. Saline solutions and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions can also be employed as liquid carriers, particularly for injectable solutions. Suitable pharmaceutical carriers also include excipients such as starch, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, talc, sodium chloride, dried skim milk, glycerol, propylene, glycol, water, ethanol and the like. The present compositions, if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents.

The composition may be intended for oral administration, and if so, the composition is preferably in solid or liquid form, where semi-solid, semi-liquid, suspension and gel forms are included within the forms considered herein as either solid or liquid.

As a solid composition for oral administration, the composition can be formulated into a powder, granule, compressed tablet, pill, capsule, chewing gum, wafer or the like form. Such a solid composition typically contains one or more inert diluents. In addition, one or more of the following can be present: binders such as ethyl cellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, or gelatin; excipients such as starch, lactose or dextrins, disintegrating agents such as alginic acid, sodium alginate, Primogel, corn starch and the like; lubricants such as magnesium stearate or Sterotex; glidants such as colloidal silicon dioxide; sweetening agents such as sucrose or saccharin, a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate or orange flavoring, and a coloring agent.

When the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of a capsule, e.g., a gelatin capsule, it can contain, in addition to materials of the above type, a liquid carrier such as polyethylene glycol, cyclodextrin or a fatty oil.

The pharmaceutical composition can be in the form of a liquid, e.g., an elixir, syrup, solution, emulsion or suspension. The liquid can be useful for oral administration or for delivery by injection. When intended for oral administration, a composition can comprise one or more of a sweetening agent, preservatives, dye/colorant and flavor enhancer. In a composition for administration by injection, one or more of a surfactant, preservative, wetting agent, dispersing agent, suspending agent, buffer, stabilizer and isotonic agent can also be included.

The liquid compositions of the invention, whether they are solutions, suspensions or other like form, can also include one or more of the following: sterile diluents such as water for injection, saline solution, preferably physiological saline, Ringer's solution, isotonic sodium chloride, fixed oils such as synthetic mono or diglycerides which can serve as the solvent or suspending medium, polyethylene glycols, glycerin, cyclodextrin, propylene glycol or other solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl paraben; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as EDTA; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. A parenteral composition can be enclosed in an ampoule, a disposable syringe or a multiple-dose vial made of glass, plastic or other material. Physiological saline is a preferred adjuvant. An injectable composition is preferably sterile.

The pharmaceutical compositions comprise an effective amount of an antibody of the invention such that a suitable dosage will be obtained (see infra, for suitable dosages). Typically, this amount is at least 0.01% of an antibody of the invention by weight of the composition. When intended for oral administration, this amount can be varied to be between 0.1% and 80% by weight of the composition. Preferred oral compositions can comprise from between 4% and 50% of the antibody of the invention by weight of the composition. Preferred compositions of the present invention are prepared so that a parenteral dosage unit contains from between 0.01% and 2% by weight of the antibody of the invention.

The compositions of the invention can be administered by any convenient route, for example, by infusion or bolus injection, by absorption through epithelial or mucocutaneous linings (e.g., oral mucosa, rectal and intestinal mucosa, etc.). Administration can be systemic or local, and local delivery includes directly into the lumen of the bladder, e.g. by injection or catheterization. Various delivery systems are known, e.g., microparticles, microcapsules, capsules, etc., and may be useful for administering an antibody of the invention. In certain embodiments, more than one antibody of the invention is administered to a subject. Methods of administration may include, but are not limited to, oral administration and parenteral administration; parenteral administration including, but not limited to, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous; intranasal, epidural, sublingual, intranasal, intracerebral, intraventricular, intrathecal, intravaginal, transdermal, rectally, by inhalation, directly into the lumen of the bladder, directly into the tumor, or topically to the ears, nose, eyes, or skin. The preferred mode of administration is left to the discretion of the practitioner, and will depend in-part upon the site of the medical condition (such as the site of cancer, a cancerous tumor or a pre-cancerous condition).

In one embodiment, the antibodies or antibody conjugates of the invention are administered parenterally. In a specific embodiment, the antibodies or antibody conjugates of the invention are administered intravenously.

In specific embodiments, it can be desirable to administer one or more antibodies or antibody conjugates of the invention locally to the area in need of treatment. This can be achieved, for example, and not by way of limitation, by local infusion during surgery; topical application, e.g., in conjunction with a wound dressing after surgery; by injection; by means of a catheter; by means of a suppository; or by means of an implant, the implant being of a porous, non-porous, or gelatinous material, including membranes, such as silastic membranes, or fibers. In one embodiment, administration can be by direct injection at the site (or former site) of a cancer, tumor, or precancerous tissue. In certain embodiments, it can be desirable to introduce one or more antibodies or antibody conjugates of the invention into the central nervous system by any suitable route, including intraventricular and intrathecal injection. Intraventricular injection can be facilitated by an intraventricular catheter, for example, attached to a reservoir, such as an Ommaya reservoir.

Pulmonary administration can also be employed, e.g., by use of an inhaler or nebulizer, and formulation with an aerosolizing agent, or via perfusion in a fluorocarbon or synthetic pulmonary surfactant. In certain embodiments, the antibodies or antibody conjugates of the invention can be formulated as a suppository, with traditional binders and carriers such as triglycerides.

In yet another embodiment, the antibody or antibody conjugates of the invention can be delivered in a controlled release system. In one embodiment, a pump can be used (see Sefton, CRC Crit. Ref Biomed Eng 1987, 14, 201; Buchwald, et al., Surgery 1980, 88: 507; Saudek, et al., N Engl J Med 1989, 321: 574). In another embodiment, polymeric materials can be used (see Medical Applications of Controlled Release, Langer and Wise (eds.), CRC Pres., Boca Raton, Fla., 1974; Controlled Drug Bioavailability, Drug Product Design and Performance, Smolen and Ball (eds.), Wiley, New York, 1984; Ranger and Peppas, J Macromol Sci Rev Macromol Chem 1983, 23, 61; see also Levy, et al., Science 1985, 228, 190; During, et al., Ann Neurol, 1989, 25, 351; Howard, et al., J Neurosurg, 1989, 71, 105). In yet another embodiment, a controlled-release system can be placed in proximity of the target of the antibodies or antibody conjugates of the invention, e.g., the brain, thus requiring only a fraction of the systemic dose (see, e.g., Goodson, in Medical Applications of Controlled Release, supra, vol. 2, 1984, pp. 115-138). Other controlled-release systems discussed in the review by Langer (Science 1990, 249, 1527-1533) can be used.

In another embodiment, polymeric materials can be used to achieve controlled or sustained release of the antibodies or antibody conjugates of the invention (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,679,377; U.S. Pat. No. 5,916,597; U.S. Pat. No. 5,912,015; U.S. Pat. No. 5,989,463; U.S. Pat. No. 5,128,326; PCT Publication No. WO 99/15154; and PCT Publication No. WO 99/20253. Examples of polymers used in sustained release formulations include, but are not limited to, poly(2-hydroxy ethyl methacrylate), poly(methyl methacrylate), poly(acrylic acid), poly(ethylene-co-vinyl acetate), poly(methacrylic acid), polyglycolides (PLG), polyanhydrides, poly(N-vinyl pyrrolidone), poly(vinyl alcohol), polyacrylamide, poly(ethylene glycol), polylactides (PLA), poly(lactide-co-glycolides) (PLGA), and polyorthoesters. In a preferred embodiment, the polymer used in a sustained release formulation is inert, free of leachable impurities, stable on storage, sterile, and biodegradable.

The present compositions can take the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsion, tablets, pills, pellets, capsules, capsules containing liquids, powders, sustained-release formulations, suppositories, emulsions, aerosols, sprays, suspensions, or any other form suitable for use. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is a capsule (see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,698,155). Other examples of suitable pharmaceutical carriers are described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences by E. W. Martin.

Sustained or directed release compositions that can be formulated include, but are not limited to, antibodies or antibody conjugates of the invention protected with differentially degradable coatings, e.g., by microencapsulation, multiple coatings, etc. It is also possible to freeze-dry the compositions and use the lyophilizates obtained, for example, for the preparation of products for injection.

In a preferred embodiment, the antibodies or antibody conjugates of the invention are formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a pharmaceutical composition adapted for intravenous administration to animals, particularly human beings. Typically, the carriers or vehicles for intravenous administration are sterile isotonic aqueous buffer solutions. Where necessary, the compositions can also include a solubilizing agent. Compositions for intravenous administration can optionally comprise a local anesthetics such as lignocaine to ease pain at the site of the injection. Generally, the ingredients are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachet indicating the quantity of active agent. Where an antibody of the invention is to be administered by infusion, it can be dispensed, for example, with an infusion bottle containing sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline. Where the antibody of the invention is administered by injection, an ampoule of sterile water for injection or saline can be provided so that the ingredients can be mixed prior to administration.

Compositions for oral delivery can be in the form of tablets, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, granules, powders, emulsions, capsules, syrups, or elixirs, for example. Orally administered compositions can contain one or more optional agents, for example, sweetening agents such as fructose, aspartame or saccharin; flavoring agents such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry; coloring agents; and preserving agents, to provide a pharmaceutically palatable preparation. Moreover, where in tablet or pill form, the compositions can be coated to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract thereby providing a sustained action over an extended period of time. Selectively permeable membranes surrounding an osmotically active driving complex are also suitable for orally administered compositions of the invention. In these later platforms, fluid from the environment surrounding the capsule is imbibed by the driving complex, which swells to displace the agent or agent composition through an aperture. These delivery platforms can provide an essentially zero order delivery profile as opposed to the spiked profiles of immediate release formulations. A time-delay material such as glycerol monostearate or glycerol stearate can also be used. Oral compositions can include standard carriers such as mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, etc. Such carriers are preferably of pharmaceutical grade.

The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be intended for topical administration, in which case the carrier can be in the form of a solution, emulsion, ointment or gel base. The base, for example, can comprise one or more of the following: petrolatum, lanolin, polyethylene glycols, beeswax, mineral oil, diluents such as water and alcohol, and emulsifiers and stabilizers. Thickening agents can be present in a composition for topical administration. If intended for transdermal administration, the composition can be in the form of a transdermal patch or an iontophoresis device. Topical formulations can comprise a concentration of a conjugate of the invention of from between 0.01% and 10% w/v (weight per unit volume of composition).

The compositions can include various materials that modify the physical form of a solid or liquid dosage unit. For example, the composition can include materials that form a coating shell around the active ingredients. The materials that form the coating shell are typically inert, and can be selected from, for example, sugar, shellac, and other enteric coating agents. Alternatively, the active ingredients can be encased in a gelatin capsule.

The compositions can consist of gaseous dosage units, e.g., it can be in the form of an aerosol. The term aerosol is used to denote a variety of systems ranging from those of colloidal nature to systems consisting of pressurized packages. Delivery can be by a liquefied or compressed gas or by a suitable pump system that dispenses the active ingredients. Aerosols of the compositions can be delivered in single phase, bi-phasic, or tri-phasic systems in order to deliver the composition. Delivery of the aerosol includes the necessary container, activators, valves, subcontainers, spacers and the like, which together can form a kit. Preferred aerosols can be determined by one skilled in the art, without undue experimentation.

Whether in solid, liquid or gaseous form, the compositions of the present invention can comprise an additional active agent selected from among those including, but not limited to, an additional therapeutic agent, an antiemetic agent, a hematopoietic colony stimulating factor, an adjuvant therapy, a vaccine or other immune stimulating agent, an antibody/antibody fragment-based agent, an anti-depressant and an analgesic agent. For instance in a particular embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a conjugate of the invention, an additional agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.

The pharmaceutical compositions can be prepared using methodology well known in the pharmaceutical art. For example, a composition intended to be administered by injection can be prepared by combining a conjugate of the invention with water so as to form a solution. A surfactant can be added to facilitate the formation of a homogeneous solution or suspension. Surfactants are complexes that can non-covalently interact with a conjugate of the invention so as to facilitate dissolution or homogeneous suspension of the conjugate of the invention in the aqueous delivery system.

In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may comprise one or more other therapies.

The present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising an antibody of the invention in an amount effective to reduce a cancer stem cell population and/or cancer cell population in an animal with or animal model for myeloid leukemia or another cancer associated with 67LR-expressing cells by about 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95% or 98% relative to a negative control. In a specific embodiment, the reduction in the cancer stem cell population in the animal or animal model is at least 25% relative to a negative control. In some embodiments, the animal is a human. In other embodiments, the animal is a non-human animal.

The present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising an antibody conjugate in an amount effective to reduce a cancer stem cell population and/or cancer cell population in an animal with or animal model for myeloid leukemia or another cancer associated with 67LR-expressing cells by about 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95% or 98% relative to a negative control, wherein the conjugate comprises an antibody that binds to the 67LR and a cytotoxic agent or other anticellular moiety. In a specific embodiment, the conjugate comprises V_(H) and V_(L) domains of the mLuC5, mLuC6, ab711, ab2508, or W3 antibody. In another embodiment, the conjugate comprises one or more or all of the CDRs of the CDRs of the mLuC5, mLuC6, ab711, ab2508, or W3 antibody. In a specific embodiment, the reduction in the cancer stem cell population in the animal or animal model is at least 25% relative to a negative control. In some embodiments, the animal is human. In other embodiments, the animal is a non-human animal.

5.4 Prophylactic and Therapeutic Uses

Cancer or a neoplastic disease, including, but not limited to, neoplasms, tumors, metastases, or any disease or disorder characterized by uncontrolled cell growth, can be treated, suppressed, delayed, managed, inhibited or prevented by administering to a subject (preferably, a human) in need thereof a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of an antibody of the invention. The invention as it applies to cancer encompasses the treatment, suppression, delaying, management, inhibiting of growth and/or progression, and prevention of cancer or neoplastic disease as described herein.

In one embodiment, the antibody or antibody conjugates of the invention of the invention are administered as monotherapy for the treatment of cancer. In other embodiments, the antibody or antibody conjugates are administered in combination with another therapy. In certain embodiments, the antibodies and antibody conjugates of the invention are administered in combination, and optionally with other therapies.

One aspect of the invention relates to a method of treating cancer in a patient (e.g., a human patient), the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of an antibody of the invention wherein the patient has been diagnosed with cancer.

In one embodiment, the cancer is a urothelial carcinoma. In another embodiment, the cancer is a solid tumor.

In one embodiment of this aspect, the patient has received or is receiving another therapy. In another embodiment of this aspect, the patient has not previously received a therapy for the treatment of the cancer.

The medical practitioner can diagnose the patient using any of the conventional cancer screening methods including, but not limited to physical examination (e.g., prostate examination, breast examination, lymph nodes examination, abdominal examination, skin surveillance), visual methods (e.g., colonoscopy, bronchoscopy, endoscopy), PAP smear analyses (cervical cancer), stool guaiac analyses, blood tests (e.g., complete blood count (CBC) test, prostate specific antigen (PSA) test, carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA) test, cancer antigen (CA)-125 test, alpha-fetoprotein (AFP)), karyotyping analyses, bone marrow analyses (e.g., in cases of hematological malignancies), histology, cytology, a sputum analysis and imaging methods (e.g., computed tomography (CT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), ultrasound, X-ray imaging, mammography, bone scans).

Another aspect of the invention relates to a method of treating a solid tumor in a patient (e.g., a human patient), the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of an antibody of the invention wherein the patient has been diagnosed with a solid tumor, and wherein the patient has undergone a primary therapy that may reduce the bulk of the tumor. In this case the primary therapy that may reduce the tumor bulk size is preferably a therapy other than an antibody or composition of the invention. In specific embodiment of this aspect, the solid tumor is fibrosarcoma, myxosarcoma, liposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, chordoma, angiosarcoma, endotheliosarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma, lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, synovioma, mesothelioma, Ewing's tumor, leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, kidney cancer, pancreatic cancer, bone cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, esophageal cancer, stomach cancer, oral cancer, nasal cancer, throat cancer, squamous cell carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, papillary adenocarcinomas, cystadenocarcinoma, medullary carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, hepatoma, bile duct carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, seminoma, embryonal carcinoma, Wilms' tumor, cervical cancer, uterine cancer, testicular cancer, small cell lung carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, lung cancer, epithelial carcinoma, glioma, glioblastoma multiform, astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, craniopharyngioma, ependymoma, pinealoma, hemangioblastoma, acoustic neuroma, oligodendroglioma, meningioma, skin cancer, melanoma, neuroblastoma, or retinoblastoma.

Another aspect of the invention relates to a method of treating cancer, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of an antibody of the invention wherein the patient received another therapy. In some embodiments, the prior therapy is, for example, chemotherapy, radioimmunotherapy, hormonal therapy, small molecule therapy, toxin therapy, prodrug-activating enzyme therapy, protein therapy, antibody therapy, surgical therapy, biologic therapy, immunotherapy, anti-angiogenic therapy, epigenetic therapy, demethylation therapy, histone deacetylase inhibitor therapy, differentiation therapy, radiation therapy, or any combination thereof.

In some embodiments, the prior therapy has failed in the patient. In some embodiments, the therapeutically effective regimen comprising administration of a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of an antibody of the invention is administered to the patient immediately after patient has undergone the prior therapy. For instance, in certain embodiments, the outcome of the prior therapy may be unknown before the patient is administered an antibody that binds to 67LR.

Another aspect of the invention relates to a method of preventing cancer in a patient (e.g., a human patient), the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to the patient an antibody or composition of the invention, wherein the cancer in the patient has entered remission. In some embodiments of this aspect, through administration of a therapeutically effective regimen, the medical practitioner can effectively cure the cancer, or prevent its reoccurrence.

In another embodiment, the invention provides a method for preventing cancer in a patient, wherein said patient has been diagnosed with a lesion that is positive for 67LR. In a specific aspect, the cancer is prevented in a patient that is at a high risk for developing cancer, i.e., a patient that has been diagnosed with a 67LR-positive precancerous lesion.

Another aspect of the invention relates to a method of treating a solid tumor in a patient (e.g., a human patient), the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to the patient an antibody or composition of the invention, wherein the compound or composition of the invention is administered at a dose that is lower than the maximum tolerated dose (MTD) over a period of three months, four months, six months, nine months, 1 year, 2 years, 3 years, 4 years or more.

Another aspect of the invention relates to a method of treating a solid tumor in a patient (e.g., a human patient), the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to the patient an antibody or composition of the invention, wherein the compound or composition of the invention is administered at a dose that is lower than the human equivalent dosage (HED) of the no observed adverse effect level (NOAEL) over a period of three months, four months, six months, nine months, 1 year, 2 years, 3 years, 4 years or more. The NOAEL, as determined in animal studies, is useful in determining the maximum recommended starting dose for human clinical trials. For instance, the NOAELs can be extrapolated to determine human equivalent dosages. Typically, such extrapolations between species are conducted based on the doses that are normalized to body surface area (i.e., mg/m²). In specific embodiments, the NOAELs are determined in mice, hamsters, rats, ferrets, guinea pigs, rabbits, dogs, primates, primates (monkeys, marmosets, squirrel monkeys, baboons), micropigs or minipigs. For a discussion on the use of NOAELs and their extrapolation to determine human equivalent doses, see Guidance for Industry Estimating the Maximum Safe Starting Dose in Initial Clinical Trials for Therapeutics in Adult Healthy Volunteers, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Food and Drug Administration Center for Drug Evaluation and Research (CDER), Pharmacology and Toxicology, July 2005.

While not being bound by any specific theory, by the administration of the therapeutically effective regimens, the amount of cancer stem cells in a tumor is stabilized or reduced, so as to limit or prevent the potential repopulation of the tumor. In some embodiments since the therapeutically effective regimens typically comprise administration of relatively low doses of the compounds, the potential for toxic side effects is likely diminished.

In an additional embodiment, another aspect of the invention is that the administration of the therapeutically effective regimen occurs for longer periods of time and/or more frequently relative and/or at lower doses to what is known or used by one skilled in the art. The dosage regimens are further described in section 5.4.1.

In certain embodiments of these aspects, the regimens comprise administering a therapeutically effective regimen, wherein the regimen results in a reduction in the amount of cancer stem cells in the patient. In one embodiment, the patient undergoing the regimen is monitored to determine whether the regimen has resulted in a reduction in the amount of cancer stem cells.

Typically, the monitoring of cancer stem cells is conducted by detecting the amount of cancer stem cells in a specimen extracted from the patient. Methods of detecting the amount of cancer stem cells in a specimen are described infra in Section 5.5. This monitoring step is typically performed at least 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 20, 30, 45, 60, 90, 120, 240 days after the patient begins receiving the regimen.

In some embodiments, the specimen may be a blood or bone marrow specimen, wherein the amount of cancer stem cells per unit of volume (e.g., 1 mL) or other measured unit (e.g., per unit field in the case of a histological analysis) is quantitated. In certain embodiments, the amount of cancer stem cells is determined as a portion (e.g., a percentage) of the cancer cells present in the blood or bone marrow specimen, as a subset of the cancer cells present in the blood or bone marrow specimen, or as a subset of a subset of the cancer cells present in the blood or bone marrow specimen. The amount of cancer stem cells, in other embodiments, can be determined as a percentage of the total blood cells.

In other embodiments, the specimen extracted from the patient is a tissue specimen (e.g., a biopsy extracted from suspected cancerous tissue), where the amount of cancer stem cells can be measured, for example, on the basis of the amount of cancer stem cells per unit weight of the tissue. In certain embodiments, the cancer stem cell population is determined as a portion (e.g., a percentage) of the cancer cells present in the tissue, as a subset of the cancer cells present in the tissue, or as a subset of a subset of the cancer cells present in the tissue.

The amount of cancer stem cells in the extracted specimen can be compared with the amounts of cancer stem cells measured in reference samples to assess the efficacy of the regimen, and the amelioration of the cancer under therapy. In one embodiment, the reference sample is a specimen extracted from the patient undergoing therapy, wherein the specimen is extracted from the patient at an earlier time point (e.g., prior to receiving the regimen, as a baseline reference sample, or at an earlier time point while receiving the therapy). In another embodiment, the reference sample is extracted from a healthy, noncancer-afflicted patient.

In other embodiments the amount of cancer stem cells in the extracted specimen can be compared with a predetermined reference range. In a specific embodiment, the predetermined reference range is based on the amount of cancer stem cells obtained from a population(s) of patients suffering from the same type of cancer as the patient undergoing the therapy.

If the reduction in the amount of cancer stem cells is determined to be too small upon comparing the cancer stem cell population in the specimen extracted from the patient undergoing the regimen with the reference specimen, then the medical practitioner has a number of options to adjust the regimen. For instance, the medical practitioner can then increase either the dosage of the compound or composition of the invention administered, the frequency of the administration, the duration of administration, or any combination thereof. In a specific embodiment, after the determination is made, an additional effective amount of an antibody or composition of the invention can be administered to the patient.

In other embodiments, the regimens comprise administering a therapeutically effective regimen, wherein the regimen results in a reduction in the cancer cell population in the patient. In one embodiment, the patient undergoing the regimen is monitored to determine whether the regimen has resulted in a reduction in the cancer cell population in the patient.

Typically, the monitoring of the cancer cell population is conducted by detecting the amount of cancer cells in a specimen extracted from the patient. Methods of detecting the amount of cancer cells in a specimen are described infra in Section 5.6. This monitoring step is typically performed at least 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 20, 30, 45, 60, 90, 120, 240 days after the patient begins receiving the regimen.

In some embodiments, the specimen may be a blood or bone marrow specimen, wherein the amount of cancer cells per unit of volume (e.g., 1 mL) or other measured unit (e.g., per unit field in the case of a histological analysis) is quantitated. The cancer cell population, in certain embodiments, can be determined as a percentage of the total blood cells.

In other embodiments, the specimen extracted from the patient is a tissue specimen (e.g., a biopsy extracted from suspected cancerous tissue), where the amount of cancer cells can be measured, for example, on the basis of the amount of cancer cells per unit weight of the tissue.

The amount of cancer cells in the extracted specimen can be compared with the amount of cancer cells measured in reference samples to assess the efficacy of the regimen and amelioration of the cancer under therapy. In one embodiment, the reference sample is a specimen extracted from the patient undergoing therapy, wherein the specimen from the patient is extracted at an earlier time point (e.g., prior to receiving the regimen, as a baseline reference sample, or at an earlier time point while receiving the therapy). In another embodiment, the reference sample is extracted from a healthy, noncancer-afflicted patient.

In other embodiments the cancer cell population in the extracted specimen can be compared with a predetermined reference range. In a specific embodiment, the predetermined reference range is based on the amount of cancer cells obtained from a population(s) of patients suffering from the same type of cancer as the patient undergoing the therapy.

If the reduction in the cancer cell population is judged too small upon comparing the amount of cancer cells in the specimen extracted from the patients undergoing therapy with the reference specimen, then the medical practitioner has a number of options to adjust the therapeutic regimen. For instance, the medical practitioner can then either increase the dosage of the compound or composition of the invention administered, the frequency of the administration, the duration of administration, or any combination thereof. In a specific embodiment, after the determination is made, a second effective amount of an antibody or composition of the invention can be administered to the patient.

In other embodiments, the regimens comprise administering an antibody or composition of the invention, wherein the regimen results in a reduction in the amount of cancer stem cells and a reduction in the amount of cancer cells in the patient.

The present invention is also directed to a method for purging bone marrow or peripheral blood prior to autologous stem cell transplant, comprising contacting ex vivo bone marrow or peripheral blood obtained from a human with a composition comprising an amount of an antibody of the invention for a time sufficient to significantly purge the cancer stem cells from the bone marrow or peripheral. In an aspect of this embodiment, the amount of cancer stem cells after contacting with an antibody of the invention can be decreased by at least 50%, 60%, 75%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or by at least 99%. The present invention is also directed to a method for performing an autologous bone marrow or peripheral blood stem cell transplant, comprising administering to a human an amount of significantly purged bone marrow or peripheral blood effective to reconstitute hematopoietic function in said human, wherein said purged bone marrow or peripheral blood is bone marrow or peripheral blood obtained from said human previously contacted with an amount of an antibody of the invention for a time sufficient to significantly purge the bone marrow or peripheral blood of cancer stem cells. Further, the present invention is directed to a composition comprising purged bone marrow or peripheral blood, wherein said purged bone marrow or peripheral blood is bone marrow or peripheral blood obtained from a human and contacted ex vivo with an amount of an antibody of the invention for a time sufficient to significantly purge the bone marrow or peripheral blood of cancer stem cells. In one aspect, the composition can further comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

5.4.1 Dosage Regimens

The amount of an antibody or pharmaceutical composition of the invention used in the prophylactic and/or therapeutic regimens which will be effective in the treatment of cancer can be determined by methods disclosed herein. The frequency and dosage will vary also according to factors specific for each patient depending on the specific compounds administered, the severity of the cancerous condition, the route of administration, as well as age, body, weight, response, and the past medical history of the patient. For example, the dosage of an antibody of the invention which will be effective in the treatment, prevention, and/or management of cancer can be determined by administering the compound to an animal model such as, e.g., the animal models disclosed herein or known in to those skilled in the art. See Section 5.8.2 infra. In addition, in vitro assays may optionally be employed to help identify optimal dosage ranges. See Section 5.8.1, infra.

The amount of an antibody, antibody conjugate or pharmaceutical composition of the invention used in the prophylactic and/or therapeutic regimens which will be effective in the treatment of disorders characterized by cells expressing 67LR including cancer, can be determined by methods disclosed herein. The frequency and dosage will vary also according to factors specific for each patient depending on the specific conjugates administered, the severity of the (cancerous) condition, the route of administration, as well as age, body, weight, response, and the past medical history of the patient. For example, the dosage of an antibody of the invention which will be effective in the treatment, prevention, and/or management of cancer can be determined by administering the antibody to an animal model such as, e.g., the animal models disclosed herein or known in to those skilled in the art. In addition, in vitro assays may optionally be employed to help identify optimal dosage ranges.

In some embodiments, the prophylactic and/or therapeutic regimens comprise titrating the dosages administered to the patient so as to achieve a specified measure of therapeutic efficacy. Such measures include a reduction in the quantity, number, amount or percentage of the cancer stem cell population in the patient and/or a reduction in the cancer cell population in the patient.

In some embodiments, the prophylactic and/or therapeutic regimens comprise administering dosages of an antibody or pharmaceutical composition of the invention that are effective to reduce the quantity, number, amount or percentage of the cancer stem cell population. Methods that can be used to determine the quantity, number, amount or percentage of the in the cancer stem cell population in a patient undergoing therapy are discussed infra.

In certain embodiments, the dosage of the antibody of the invention in the prophylactic and/or therapeutic regimen is adjusted so as to achieve a reduction in the quantity, number, amount or percentage of the cancer stem cells found in a test specimen extracted from a patient after undergoing the therapeutic regimen, as compared with a reference sample. Here, the reference sample is a specimen extracted from the patient undergoing therapy, wherein the specimen is extracted from the patient at an earlier time point. In one embodiment, the reference sample is a specimen extracted from the same patient, prior to receiving the prophylactic or therapeutic regimen. In specific embodiments, the quantity, number, amount or percentage of cancer stem cells in the test specimen is at least 2%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or 99% lower than in the reference sample.

In other embodiments, the dosage of the antibody, conjugate or pharmaceutical composition of the invention in the prophylactic and/or therapeutic regimen is adjusted so as to achieve a reduction in the quantity, number, amount or percentage of cancer stem cells found in a test specimen extracted from a patient after undergoing the prophylactic and/or therapeutic regimen, as compared with a reference sample, wherein the reference sample specimen is extracted from a healthy, non-cancer-afflicted patient. In specific embodiments, the quantity, number, amount or percentage of cancer stem cells in the test specimen is at least within 60%, 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 5%, or 2% of the quantity, number, amount or percentage of cancer stem cells in the reference sample.

In some embodiments, the dosage of the antibody, antibody conjugate or pharmaceutical composition of the invention in the prophylactic and/or therapeutic regimen is adjusted so as to achieve a quantity, number, amount or percentage of cancer stem cells that falls within a predetermined reference range. In these embodiments, the quantity, number, amount or percentage of cancer stem cells in a test specimen is compared with a predetermined reference range. In a specific embodiment, the predetermined reference range is based on the quantity, number, amount or percentage of cancer stem cells obtained from a population(s) of patients suffering from the same type of cancer as the patient undergoing the therapy.

In some embodiments, the prophylactic and/or therapeutic regimens comprise administering dosages of an antibody or pharmaceutical composition of the invention that are effective to reduce the quantity, number, amount or percentage of the cancer cell population. Methods that can be used to determine the cancer cell population in a patient undergoing treatment are discussed infra.

In certain embodiments, the dosage of the antibody, antibody conjugate or pharmaceutical composition of the invention in the prophylactic and/or therapeutic regimen is adjusted so as to achieve a reduction in the quantity, number, amount or percentage of cancer cells found in a test specimen extracted from a patient after undergoing the prophylactic and/or therapeutic regimen, as compared with a reference sample. Here, the reference sample is a specimen extracted from the patient undergoing therapy, wherein the specimen is extracted from the patient at an earlier time point. In one embodiment, the reference sample is a specimen extracted from the same patient, prior to receiving the prophylactic and/or therapeutic regimen. In specific embodiments, the quantity, number, amount or percentage of cancer cells in the test specimen is at least 2%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50% or 60% lower than in the reference sample.

In some embodiments, the dosage of the antibody, antibody conjugate or pharmaceutical composition of the invention in the prophylactic and/or therapeutic regimen is adjusted so as to achieve a quantity, number, amount or percentage of cancer cells that falls within a predetermined reference range. In these embodiments, the quantity, number, amount or percentage of cancer cells in a test specimen is compared with a predetermined reference range.

In other embodiments, the dosage of the antibody, antibody conjugate or pharmaceutical composition of the invention in prophylactic and/or therapeutic regimen is adjusted so as to achieve a reduction in the quantity, number, amount or percentage of cancer cells found in a test specimen extracted from a patient after undergoing the prophylactic and/or therapeutic regimen, as compared with a reference sample, wherein the reference sample is a specimen is extracted from a healthy, non-cancer-afflicted patient. In specific embodiments, the quantity, number, amount or percentage of cancer cells in the test specimen is at least within 60%, 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 5%, or 2% of the quantity, number, amount or percentage of cancer cells in the reference sample.

In treating certain human patients having solid tumors, extracting multiple tissue specimens from a suspected tumor site may prove impracticable. In these embodiments, the dosage of the antibody, antibody conjugate or pharmaceutical composition of the invention in the prophylactic and/or therapeutic regimen for a human patient is extrapolated from doses in animal models that are effective to reduce the quantity, number, amount or percentage of cancer stem cells in those animal models. In the animal models, the prophylactic and/or therapeutic regimens are adjusted so as to achieve a reduction in the quantity, number, amount or percentage of cancer stem cells found in a test specimen extracted from an animal after undergoing the prophylactic and/or therapeutic regimen, as compared with a reference sample. The reference sample can be a specimen extracted from the same animal, prior to receiving the prophylactic and/or therapeutic regimen. In specific embodiments, the quantity, number, amount or percentage of cancer stem cells in the test specimen is at least 2%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50% or 60% lower than in the reference sample. The doses effective in reducing the quantity, number, amount or percentage of cancer stem cells in the animals can be normalized to body surface are (mg/m²) to provide an equivalent human dose.

The prophylactic and/or therapeutic regimens disclosed herein comprise administration of an antibody of the invention, or pharmaceutical compositions thereof to the patient in a single dose or in multiple doses (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 15, 20, or more doses).

In one embodiment, the prophylactic and/or therapeutic regimens comprise administration of an antibody of the invention or pharmaceutical compositions thereof in multiple doses. When administered in multiple doses, the antibody or pharmaceutical compositions are administered with a frequency and in an amount sufficient to prevent, treat, and/or manage the condition. In one embodiment, the frequency of administration ranges from once a day up to about once every eight weeks. In another embodiment, the frequency of administration ranges from about once a week up to about once every six weeks. In another embodiment, the frequency of administration ranges from about once every three weeks up to about once every four weeks. In certain embodiments, the antibody, antibody conjugate or pharmaceutical composition is administered over a period of one week to two years. In yet another embodiment, the antibody, antibody conjugate or pharmaceutical composition is administered over a period of two weeks or greater. In other embodiments, the antibody, antibody conjugate or pharmaceutical composition is administered over a period of two weeks to one year. In further embodiments, the antibody, antibody conjugate or pharmaceutical composition is administered over a period of two weeks to six months. In some embodiments, the antibody, antibody conjugate or pharmaceutical composition is administered over a period of two weeks to twelve weeks. In yet other embodiments, the antibody, antibody conjugate or pharmaceutical composition is administered over a period of two weeks to six weeks. In certain embodiments, the antibody, antibody conjugate or pharmaceutical composition is administered once a week, twice a week, three times a week, four times a week, five times a week, six times a week, or seven times a week. In preferred embodiments, the antibody, antibody conjugate or pharmaceutical composition is administered at least three times a week. In other embodiments, the antibody, antibody conjugate or pharmaceutical composition is administered once a day, twice a day, three times a day, four times a day, five times a day. In some embodiments, each time the antibody, antibody conjugate or pharmaceutical composition is administered, it is administered at a dose of 4 μg/kg per day or greater.

In a specific embodiment, the antibody is administered at a dose of 0.001 mg/kg per day to 100 mg/kg per day. In another embodiment, the antibody conjugate is administered at a dose of 0.001 mg/kg per day to 10 mg/kg per day. In certain embodiments, the antibody is administered at a dose of 0.1 mg/kg per day or greater. In other embodiments, the antibody is administered at a dose in a range of between about 0.01 mg/kg per day to about 20 mg/kg per day.

In a specific embodiment, the antibody conjugate is administered at a dose of 0.001 mg/kg to 5 mg/kg per day. In specific embodiments, the antibody conjugate is administered at a dose in a range of between about 4 μg/kg per day to about 20 μg/kg per day. In further embodiments, the antibody conjugate is administered at doses up to and including the maximum tolerated dose without toxicity. In specific embodiments, where the disease is myeloid leukemia, the dosage given is in a range of between greater than 0.01 mg/kg per day to about 60 mg/kg per day.

In some embodiments of the invention, the dosage of an antibody of the invention or pharmaceutical composition thereof administered is at least 1.5, 1.6, 1.8, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 or 100 times lower than the maximum tolerated dose (MTD) over a period of three months, four months, six months, nine months, 1 year, 2 years, 3 years, 4 years or more.

In some embodiments of the invention, the dosage of an antibody of the invention or pharmaceutical composition thereof administered is at least 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.8, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 or 100 times lower than the human equivalent dose (HED) of the no observed adverse effect level (NOAEL) over a period of three months, four months, six months, nine months, 1 year, 2 years, 3 years, 4 years or more.

Generally, the dosage of an antibody of the invention administered to a subject to prevent, treat and/or manage cancer in the range of 0.001 to 100 mg/kg, more typically, 0.1 to 20 mg/kg of the subject's body weight.

Generally, the dosage of an antibody conjugate of the invention administered to a subject to prevent, treat, and/or manage cancer is in the range of 0.0001 to 0.5 mg/kg, and more typically, in the range of 0.1 μg/kg to 100 μg/kg, of the subject's body weight. In one embodiment, the dosage administered to a subject is in the range of 0.1 μg/kg to 50 μg/kg, or 1 μg/kg to 50 μg/kg, of the subject's body weight, more preferably in the range of 0.1 μg/kg to 25 μg/kg, or 1 μg/kg to 25 μg/kg, of the patient's body weight.

In a specific embodiment, the dosage of an antibody conjugate of the invention administered to a subject to prevent, treat, and/or manage cancer in a patient is 500 μg/kg or less, preferably 250 μg/kg or less, 100 μg/kg or less, 95 μg/kg or less, 90 μg/kg or less, 85 μg/kg or less, 80 μg/kg or less, 75 μg/kg or less, 70 μg/kg or less, 65 μg/kg or less, 60 μg/kg or less, 55 μg/kg or less, 50 μg/kg or less, 45 μg/kg or less, 40 μg/kg or less, 35 μg/kg or less, 30 μg/kg or less, 25 μg/kg or less, 20 μg/kg or less, 15 μg/kg or less, 10 μg/kg or less, 5 μg/kg or less, 2.5 μg/kg or less, 2 μg/kg or less, 1.5 μg/kg or less, or 1 μg/kg or less of a patient's body weight. In another specific embodiment, the dosage of an antibody of the invention administered to a subject to prevent, treat and/or manage cancer in a patient is a unit dose of 2 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 15 mg, 30 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 150 mg, 200 mg, 250 mg, 300 mg, 400 mg, 500 mg, 750 mg, 1000 mg, or 1 to 50 mg, 10 to 100 mg, 10 to 500 mg, 10 to 1000 mg, 100 to 500 mg or 100 to 1000 mg.

In another specific embodiment, the dosage of an antibody conjugate of the invention administered to a subject to prevent, treat, and/or manage cancer in a patient is a unit dose of 0.1 μg to 20 μg, 0.1 μg to 15 μg, 0.1 μg to 12 μg, 0.1 μg to 110 μg, 0.1 μg to 8 μg, 0.1 μg to 7 μg, 0.1 μg to 5 μg, 0.1 to 2.5 μg, 0.25 μg to 20 μg, 0.25 to 15 μg, 0.25 to 12 μg, 0.25 to 10 μg, 0.25 to 8 μg, 0.25 μg to 7 m g, 0.25 μg to 5 μg, 0.5 μg to 2.5 μg, 1 μg to 20 μg, 1 μg to 15 μg, 1 μg to 12 μg, 1 μg to 10 μg, 1 μg to 8 μg, 1 μg to 7 μg, 1 μg to 5 μg, or 1 μg to 2.5 μg.

In a specific embodiment, the dosage of an antibody conjugate of the invention administered to a subject to prevent, treat, and/or manage cancer in a patient is in the range of 0.01 to 10 g/m², and more typically, in the range of 0.1 g/m² to 7.5 g/m², of the subject's body weight. In one embodiment, the dosage administered to a subject is in the range of 0.5 g/m² to 5 g/m², or 1 g/m² to 5 g/m² of the subject's body's surface area.

In other embodiments, the prophylactic and/or therapeutic regimen comprises administering to a patient one or more doses of an effective amount of an antibody of the invention, wherein the dose of an effective amount achieves a plasma level of at least 0.1 μg/ml, at least 0.5 μg/ml, at least 1 μg/ml, at least 2 μg/ml, at least 5 μg/ml, at least 6 μg/ml, at least 10 μg/ml, at least 15 μg/ml, at least 20 μg/ml, at least 25 μg/ml, at least 50 μg/ml, at least 100 μg/ml, at least 125 μg/ml, at least 150 μg/ml, at least 175 μg/ml, at least 200 μg/ml, at least 225 μg/ml, at least 250 μg/ml, at least 275 μg/ml, at least 300 μg/ml, at least 325 μg/ml, at least 350 μg/ml, at least 375 μg/ml, or at least 400 μg/ml of the antibody of the invention.

In other embodiments, the prophylactic and/or therapeutic regimen comprises administering to a patient a plurality of doses of an effective amount of an antibody of the invention, wherein the plurality of doses maintains a plasma level of at least 0.1 μg/ml, at least 0.5 μg/ml, at least 1 μg/ml, at least 2 μg/ml, at least 5 μg/ml, at least 6 μg/ml, at least 10 μg/ml, at least 15 μg/ml, at least 20 μg/ml, at least 25 μg/ml, at least 50 μg/ml, at least 100 μg/ml, at least 125 μg/ml, at least 150 μg/ml, at least 175 μg/ml, at least 200 μg/ml, at least 225 μg/ml, at least 250 μg/ml, at least 275 μg/ml, at least 300 μg/ml, at least 325 μg/ml, at least 350 μg/ml, at least 375 μg/ml, or at least 400 μg/ml of the antibody of the invention for at least 1 month, 2 months, 3 months, 4 months, 5 months, 6 months, 7 months, 8 months, 9 months, 10 months, 11 months, 12 months, 15 months, 18 months, or 24 months.

In some embodiments, the prophylactic and/or therapeutic regimen comprises administration of an antibody of the invention in combination with one or more additional anticancer therapeutics. In some embodiments, the dosages of the one or more additional anticancer therapeutics used in the combination therapy is lower than those which have been or are currently being used to prevent, treat, and/or manage cancer. The recommended dosages of the one or more additional anticancer therapeutics currently used for the treatment of cancer can be obtained from any reference in the art including, but not limited to, Hardman, et al., eds., Goodman & Gilman's The Pharmacological Basis Of Basis Of Therapeutics, 10^(th) ed., McGraw-Hill, New York, 2001; Physician's Desk Reference (60^(th) ed., 2006), which are incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

5.4.2 Other Therapies

The present invention also provides methods for treating cancer, the methods comprising administering to a patient (e.g., a human patient) in need thereof, a therapeutically effective regimen, the regimen comprising administering to the patient an antibody of the invention and one or more additional therapies, said additional therapy not being compounds of the invention. The compound of the invention and the additional therapy can be administered separately, concurrently, or sequentially. The combination of agents can act additively or synergistically.

Any therapy which is useful, has been used, or is currently being used for the treatment of cancer can be used in compositions and method of the invention. Therapies include, but are not limited to, peptides, antibodies, polypeptides, fusion proteins, nucleic acid molecules, small molecules, mimetic agents, synthetic drugs, inorganic molecules, vaccines, antibodies and organic molecules. Non-limiting examples of cancer therapies include chemotherapies, radiation therapies, hormonal therapies, small molecule therapies, toxin therapies, demethylation therapies, histone deacetylase inhibitor therapies, targeted therapies, epigenetic therapies, differentiation therapies, antiangiogenic therapies, biologic therapies, immunotherapies, or surgery. In certain embodiments, a therapeutically effective regimen of the invention comprises the administration of a combination of therapies.

Any therapy which is acting on a target or is an antibody belonging to one of the classes named below in this paragraph may be used in compositions and methods of the invention. Non limiting examples of agents, such as those that target or affect cancer stem cells, include: inhibitors of interleukin-3 receptor (IL-3R) and CD123 (including peptides, peptide-conjugates, antibodies, antibody-conjugates, antibody fragments, and antibody fragment-conjugates that target IL-3R or CD123), cantharidin, norcantharidin and analogs and derivatives thereof, Notch pathway inhibitors including gamma secretase inhibitors, sonic hedgehog/smoothened pathway inhibitors including cyclopamine and analogs thereof, antibodies to CD96, certain NF-kB/proteasome inhibitors including parthenolide and analogs thereof, certain triterpenes including celastrol, certain mTOR inhibitors, compounds and antibodies that target the urokinase receptor, sinefungin, certain inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase (IMPDH) inhibitors, PPAR-alpha and PPAR-gamma agonists and antagonists (including pioglitazone, tesaslitazar, muraglitazar, peliglitazar, lobeglitazone, balaglitazone, ragaglitazar, rosiglitazone, farglitazar, sodelglitazar, reglitazar, naveglitazar, oxeglitazar, metaglidasen, netoglitazone, darglitazone, englitazone, thiazolidinediones, aleglitazar, edaglitazone, rivoglitazone, troglitazone, imiglitazar, and sipoglitazar) telomerase inhibitors, antibodies to EpCAM (ESA), GSK-3 beta agonists and antagonists (including Lithium, 6-bromoinirubin-3′-oxime (BIO), TDZD8), Wnt pathway inhibitors including antibodies to frizzled or small molecules that inhibit disheveled/frizzled or beta catenin, anti-CD20 antibodies and conjugates (e.g. Rituxan, Bexxar, Zevalin) for novel use in multiple myeloma or melanoma, anti-CD133 antibody, anti-CD44 antibody, antibodies to IL-4, certain differentiation agents such as versnarinone, compounds that target CD33 such as an antibody or betulinic acid, compounds that target lactadherin such as an antibody, small molecules or antibodies that target CXCR4 or SDF-1, small molecules or antibodies that target multi-drug resistance pumps, inhibitors of survivin, inhibitors of XIAP, small molecules that target Bcl-2, antibodies to CLL-1, furin inhibitors (such as cucurbitacins).

An additional non-limiting list of compounds that could also be used to target cancer stem cells includes i) antibodies, antibody fragments, and proteins that are either naked or conjugated to a therapeutic moiety that target certain cell surface targets on cancer stem cells, or ii) small molecules known in the art including ones that can be further optimized (e.g., via chemistry) or identified via a cancer stem cell-based screen (e.g. such as one that would determine whether an antibody impairs proliferation or viability of a cancer stem cell through standard methods, the cell surface and intracellular targets including (not meant to be exhaustive) are: Rex1 (Zfp42), CTGF, Activin A, Wnt, FGF-2, HIF-1, AP-2gamma, Bmi-1, nucleostemin, hiwi, Moz-TIF2, Nanog, beta-arrestin-2, Oct-4, Sox2, stella, GDF3, RUNX3, EBAF, TDGF-1, nodal, ZFPY, PTNE, Evi-1, Pax3, Mcl-1, c-kit, Lex-1, Zfx, lactadherin, aldehyde dehydrogenase, BCRP, telomerase, CD133, Bcl-2, CD26, Gremlin, and FoxC2.

Examples of cancer therapies include, but are not limited to: acivicin; aclarubicin; acodazole hydrochloride; acronine; adozelesin; aldesleukin; altretamine; ambomycin; ametantrone acetate; aminoglutethimide; amsacrine; anastrozole; anthracycline; anthramycin; asparaginase; asperlin; azacitidine (Vidaza); azetepa; azotomycin; batimastat; benzodepa; bicalutamide; bisantrene hydrochloride; bisnafide dimesylate; bisphosphonates (e.g., pamidronate (Aredria), sodium clondronate (Bonefos), zoledronic acid (Zometa), alendronate (Fosamax), etidronate, ibandronate, cimadronate, risedromate, and tiludromate); bizelesin; bleomycin sulfate; brequinar sodium; bropirimine; busulfan; cactinomycin; calusterone; caracemide; carbetimer; carboplatin; carmustine; carubicin hydrochloride; carzelesin; cedefingol; chlorambucil; cirolemycin; cisplatin; cladribine; crisnatol mesylate; cyclophosphamide; cytarabine (Ara-C); dacarbazine; dactinomycin; daunorubicin hydrochloride; decitabine (Dacogen); demethylation agents; dexormaplatin; dezaguanine; dezaguanine mesylate; diaziquone; docetaxel; doxorubicin; doxorubicin hydrochloride; droloxifene; droloxifene citrate; dromostanolone propionate; duazomycin; edatrexate; eflornithine hydrochloride; EphA2 inhibitors; elsamitrucin; enloplatin; enpromate; epipropidine; epirubicin hydrochloride; erbulozole; esorubicin hydrochloride; estramustine; estramustine phosphate sodium; etanidazole; etoposide; etoposide phosphate; etoprine; fadrozole hydrochloride; fazarabine; fenretinide; floxuridine; fludarabine phosphate; fluorouracil; flurocitabine; fosquidone; fostriecin sodium; gemcitabine; gemcitabine hydrochloride; herceptin; histone deacetylase inhibitors (HDACs); hydroxyurea; idarubicin hydrochloride; ifosfamide; ilmofosine; imatinib mesylate (Gleevec, Glivec); interleukin II (including recombinant interleukin II, or rIL2), interferon alpha-2a; interferon alpha-2b; interferon alpha-n1; interferon alpha-n3; interferon beta-I a; interferon gamma-I b; iproplatin; irinotecan hydrochloride; lanreotide acetate; lenalidomide (Revlimid); letrozole; leuprolide acetate; liarozole hydrochloride; lometrexol sodium; lomustine; losoxantrone hydrochloride; masoprocol; maytansine; mechlorethamine hydrochloride; anti-CD2 antibodies (e.g., siplizumab (MedImmune Inc.; International Publication No. WO 02/098370, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety)); megestrol acetate; melengestrol acetate; melphalan; menogaril; mercaptopurine; methotrexate; methotrexate sodium; metoprine; meturedepa; mitindomide; mitocarcin; mitocromin; mitogillin; mitomalcin; mitomycin; mitosper; mitotane; mitoxantrone hydrochloride; mycophenolic acid; nocodazole; nogalamycin; ormaplatin; oxaliplatin; oxisuran; paclitaxel; pegaspargase; peliomycin; pentamustine; peplomycin sulfate; perfosfamide; pipobroman; piposulfan; piroxantrone hydrochloride; plicamycin; plomestane; porfimer sodium; porfiromycin; prednimustine; procarbazine hydrochloride; puromycin; puromycin hydrochloride; pyrazofurin; riboprine; rogletimide; safingol; safingol hydrochloride; semustine; simtrazene; sparfosate sodium; sparsomycin; spirogermanium hydrochloride; spiromustine; spiroplatin; streptonigrin; streptozocin; sulofenur; talisomycin; tecogalan sodium; tegafur; teloxantrone hydrochloride; temoporfin; teniposide; teroxirone; testolactone; thiamiprine; thioguanine; thiotepa; tiazofurin; tirapazamine; toremifene citrate; trestolone acetate; triciribine phosphate; trimetrexate; trimetrexate glucuronate; triptorelin; tubulozole hydrochloride; uracil mustard; uredepa; vapreotide; verteporfin; vinblastine sulfate; vincristine sulfate; vindesine; vindesine sulfate; vinepidine sulfate; vinglycinate sulfate; vinleurosine sulfate; vinorelbine tartrate; vinrosidine sulfate; vinzolidine sulfate; vorozole; zeniplatin; zinostatin; zorubicin hydrochloride.

Other examples of cancer therapies include, but are not limited to: 20-epi-1,25 dihydroxyvitamin D3; 5-ethynyluracil; abiraterone; aclarubicin; acylfulvene; adecypenol; adozelesin; aldesleukin; ALL-TK antagonists; altretamine; ambamustine; amidox; amifostine; aminolevulinic acid; amrubicin; amsacrine; anagrelide; anastrozole; andrographolide; angiogenesis inhibitors; antagonist D; antagonist G; antarelix; anti-dorsalizing morphogenetic protein-1; antiandrogen, prostatic carcinoma; antiestrogen; antineoplaston; antisense oligonucleotides; aphidicolin glycinate; apoptosis gene modulators; apoptosis regulators; apurinic acid; ara-CDP-DL-PTBA; arginine deaminase; asulacrine; atamestane; atrimustine; axinastatin 1; axinastatin 2; axinastatin 3; azasetron; azatoxin; azatyrosine; baccatin III derivatives; balanol; batimastat; BCR/ABL antagonists; benzochlorins; benzoylstaurosporine; beta lactam derivatives; beta-alethine; betaclamycin B; betulinic acid; bFGF inhibitor; bicalutamide; bisantrene; bisaziridinylspermine; bisnafide; bistratene A; bizelesin; breflate; bropirimine; budotitane; buthionine sulfoximine; calcipotriol; calphostin C; camptothecin derivatives; canarypox IL-2; capecitabine; carboxamide-amino-triazole; carboxyamidotriazole; CaRest M3; CARN 700; cartilage derived inhibitor; carzelesin; casein kinase inhibitors (ICOS); castanospermine; cecropin B; cetrorelix; chlorins; chloroquinoxaline sulfonamide; cicaprost; cis-porphyrin; cladribine; clomifene analogues; clotrimazole; collismycin A; collismycin B; combretastatin A4; combretastatin analogue; conagenin; crambescidin 816; crisnatol; cryptophycin 8; cryptophycin A derivatives; curacin A; cyclopentanthraquinones; cycloplatam; cypemycin; cytarabine ocfosfate; cytolytic factor; cytostatin; dacliximab; decitabine; dehydrodidemnin B; deslorelin; dexamethasone; dexifosfamide; dexrazoxane; dexverapamil; diaziquone; didemnin B; didox; diethylnorspermine; dihydro-5-azacytidine; dihydrotaxol, dioxamycin; diphenyl spiromustine; docetaxel; docosanol; dolasetron; doxifluridine; droloxifene; dronabinol; duocarmycin SA; ebselen; ecomustine; edelfosine; edrecolomab; eflomithine; elemene; emitefur; epirubicin; epristeride; estramustine analogue; estrogen agonists; estrogen antagonists; etanidazole; etoposide phosphate; exemestane; fadrozole; fazarabine; fenretinide; filgrastim; finasteride; flavopiridol; flezelastine; fluasterone; fludarabine; fluorodaunorunicin hydrochloride; forfenimex; formestane; fostriecin; fotemustine; gadolinium texaphyrin; gallium nitrate; galocitabine; ganirelix; gelatinase inhibitors; gemcitabine; glutathione inhibitors; HMG CoA reductase inhibitors (e.g., atorvastatin, cerivastatin, fluvastatin, lescol, lupitor, lovastatin, rosuvastatin, and simvastatin); hepsulfam; heregulin; hexamethylene bisacetamide; hypericin; ibandronic acid; idarubicin; idoxifene; idramantone; ilmofosine; ilomastat; imidazoacridones; imiquimod; immunostimulant peptides; insulin-like growth factor-1 receptor inhibitor; interferon agonists; interferons; interleukins; iobenguane; iododoxorubicin; ipomeanol, 4-iroplact; irsogladine; isobengazole; isohomohalicondrin B; itasetron; jasplakinolide; kahalalide F; lamellarin-N triacetate; lanreotide; leinamycin; lenograstim; lentinan sulfate; leptolstatin; letrozole; leukemia inhibiting factor; leukocyte alpha interferon; leuprolide+estrogen+progesterone; leuprorelin; levamisole; LFA-3TIP (Biogen, Cambridge, Mass.; International Publication No. WO 93/0686 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,162,432); liarozole; linear polyamine analogue; lipophilic disaccharide peptide; lipophilic platinum compounds; lissoclinamide 7; lobaplatin; lombricine; lometrexol; lonidamine; losoxantrone; lovastatin; loxoribine; lurtotecan; lutetium texaphyrin; lysofylline; lytic peptides; maytansine; mannostatin A; marimastat; masoprocol; maspin; matrilysin inhibitors; matrix metalloproteinase inhibitors; menogaril; merbarone; meterelin; methioninase; metoclopramide; MIF inhibitor; mifepristone; miltefosine; mirimostim; mismatched double stranded RNA; mitoguazone; mitolactol; mitomycin analogues; mitonafide; mitotoxin fibroblast growth factor-saporin; mitoxantrone; mofarotene; molgramostim; monoclonal antibody, human chorionic gonadotrophin; monophosphoryl lipid A+mycobacterium cell wall sk; mopidamol; multiple drug resistance gene inhibitor; multiple tumor suppressor 1-based therapy; mustard anticancer agent; mycaperoxide B; mycobacterial cell wall extract; myriaporone; N-acetyldinaline; N-substituted benzamides; nafarelin; nagrestip; naloxone+pentazocine; napavin; naphterpin; nartograstim; nedaplatin; nemorubicin; neridronic acid; neutral endopeptidase; nilutamide; nisamycin; nitric oxide modulators; nitroxide antioxidant; nitrullyn; O6-benzylguanine; ocreotide; okicenone; oligonucleotides; onapristone; oracin; oral cytokine inducer; ormaplatin; osaterone; oxaliplatin; oxaunomycin; paclitaxel; paclitaxel analogues; paclitaxel derivatives; palauamine; palmitoylrhizoxin; pamidronic acid; panaxytriol; panomifene; parabactin; pazelliptine; pegaspargase; peldesine; pentosan polysulfate sodium; pentostatin; pentrozole; perflubron; perfosfamide; perillyl alcohol; phenazinomycin; phenylacetate; phosphatase inhibitors; picibanil; pilocarpine hydrochloride; pirarubicin; piritrexim; placetin A; placetin B; plasminogen activator inhibitor; platinum complex; platinum compounds; platinum-triamine complex; porfimer sodium; porfiromycin; prednisone; propyl bis-acridone; prostaglandin J2; proteasome inhibitors; protein A-based immune modulator; protein kinase C inhibitor; protein kinase C inhibitors, microalgal; protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors; purine nucleoside phosphorylase inhibitors; purpurins; pyrazoloacridine; pyridoxylated hemoglobin polyoxyethylene therapeutically effective regimens; raf antagonists; raltitrexed; ramosetron; ras farnesyl protein transferase inhibitors; ras inhibitors; ras-GAP inhibitor; retelliptine demethylated; rhenium Re 186 etidronate; rhizoxin; ribozymes; RII retinamide; rogletimide; rohitukine; romurtide; roquinimex; rubiginone B1; ruboxyl; safingol; saintopin; SarCNU; sarcophytol A; sargramostim; Sdi 1 mimetics; semustine; senescence derived inhibitor 1; sense oligonucleotides; signal transduction inhibitors; signal transduction modulators; gamma secretase inhibitors, single chain antigen binding protein; sizofuran; sobuzoxane; sodium borocaptate; sodium phenylacetate; solverol; somatomedin binding protein; sonermin; sparfosic acid; spicamycin D; spiromustine; splenopentin; spongistatin 1; squalamine; stem cell inhibitor; stem-cell division inhibitors; stipiamide; stromelysin inhibitors; sulfinosine; superactive vasoactive intestinal peptide antagonist; suradista; suramin; swainsonine; synthetic glycosaminoglycans; tallimustine; 5-fluorouracil; leucovorin; tamoxifen methiodide; tauromustine; tazarotene; tecogalan sodium; tegafur; tellurapyrylium; telomerase inhibitors; temoporfin; temozolomide; teniposide; tetrachlorodecaoxide; tetrazomine; thaliblastine; thiocoraline; thrombopoietin; thrombopoietin mimetic; thymalfasin; thymopoietin receptor agonist; thymotrinan; thyroid stimulating hormone; tin ethyl etiopurpurin; tirapazamine; titanocene bichloride; topsentin; toremifene; totipotent stem cell factor; translation inhibitors; tretinoin; triacetyluridine; triciribine; trimetrexate; triptorelin; tropisetron; turosteride; tyrosine kinase inhibitors; tyrphostins; UBC inhibitors; ubenimex; urogenital sinus-derived growth inhibitory factor; urokinase receptor antagonists; vapreotide; variolin B; vector system, erythrocyte gene therapy; thalidomide; velaresol; veramine; verdins; verteporfin; vinorelbine; vinxaltine; anti-integrin antibodies (e.g., anti-integrin α_(v)β₃ antibodies); vorozole; zanoterone; zeniplatin; zilascorb; and zinostatin stimalamer.

In some embodiments, the therapy(ies) used in combination with an antibody of the invention is an immunomodulatory agent. Non-limiting examples of immunomodulatory agents include proteinaceous agents such as cytokines, peptide mimetics, and antibodies (e.g., human, humanized, chimeric, monoclonal, polyclonal, Fvs, ScFvs, Fab or F(ab)₂ fragments or epitope binding fragments), nucleic acid molecules (e.g., antisense nucleic acid molecules and triple helices), small molecules, organic compounds, and inorganic compounds. In particular, immunomodulatory agents include, but are not limited to, methotrexate, leflunomide, cyclophosphamide, cytoxan, Immuran, cyclosporine A, minocycline, azathioprine, antibiotics (e.g., FK506 (tacrolimus)), methylprednisolone (MP), corticosteroids, steroids, mycophenolate mofetil, rapamycin (sirolimus), mizoribine, deoxyspergualin, brequinar, malononitriloamindes (e.g., leflunamide), T cell receptor modulators, cytokine receptor modulators, and modulators mast cell modulators. Other examples of immunomodulatory agents can be found, e.g., in U.S. Publication No. 2005/0002934 A1 at paragraphs 259-275 which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In one embodiment, the immunomodulatory agent is a chemotherapeutic agent. In an alternative embodiment, the immunomodulatory agent is an immunomodulatory agent other than a chemotherapeutic agent. In some embodiments, the therapy(ies) used in accordance with the invention is not an immunomodulatory agent.

In some embodiments, the therapy(ies) used in combination with an antibody of the invention is an anti-angiogenic agent. Non-limiting examples of anti-angiogenic agents include proteins, polypeptides, peptides, fusion proteins, antibodies (e.g., human, humanized, chimeric, monoclonal, polyclonal, Fvs, ScFvs, Fab fragments, F(ab)₂ fragments, and antigen-binding fragments thereof) such as antibodies that bind to TNF-α, nucleic acid molecules (e.g., antisense molecules or triple helices), organic molecules, inorganic molecules, and small molecules that reduce or inhibit angiogenesis. Other examples of anti-angiogenic agents can be found, e.g., in U.S. Publication No. 2005/0002934 A1 at paragraphs 277-282, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. In other embodiments, the therapy(ies) used in accordance with the invention is not an anti-angiogenic agent.

In some embodiments, the therapy(ies) used in combination with an antibody of the invention is an inflammatory agent. Non-limiting examples of anti-inflammatory agents include any anti-inflammatory agent, including agents useful in therapies for inflammatory disorders, well-known to one of skill in the art. Non-limiting examples of anti-inflammatory agents include non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, anticholinergics (e.g., atropine sulfate, atropine methylnitrate, and ipratropium bromide (ATROVENT™)), beta2-agonists (e.g., abuterol (VENTOLIN™ and PROVENTIL™), bitolterol (TORNALATE™), levalbuterol (XOPONEX™), metaproterenol (ALUPEN™), pirbuterol (MAXAIR™), terbutaline (BRETHAIRE™ and BRETHINE™), albuterol (PROVENTIL™, REPETABS™, and VOLMAX™), formoterol (FORADIL AEROLIZER™), and salmeterol (SEREVENT™ and SEREVENT DISKUS™)), and methylxanthines (e.g., theophylline (UNIPHYL™, THEO-DUR™, SLO-BID™, AND TEHO-42™)). Examples of NSAIDs include, but are not limited to, aspirin, ibuprofen, celecoxib (CELEBREX™), diclofenac (VOLTAREN™), etodolac (LODINE™), fenoprofen (NALFON™), indomethacin (INDOCIN™), ketoralac (TORADOL™), oxaprozin (DAYPRO™), nabumentone (RELAFEN™), sulindac (CLINORIL™), tolmentin (TOLECTIN™), rofecoxib (VIOXX™), naproxen (ALEVE™, NAPROSYN™), ketoprofen (ACTRON™) and nabumetone (RELAFEN™). Such NSAIDs function by inhibiting a cyclooxygenase enzyme (e.g., COX-1 and/or COX-2). Examples of steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs include, but are not limited to, glucocorticoids, dexamethasone (DECADRON™), corticosteroids (e.g., methylprednisolone (MEDROL™)), cortisone, hydrocortisone, prednisone (PREDNISONE™ and DELTASONE™), prednisolone (PRELONE™ and PEDIAPRED™), triamcinolone, azulfidine, and inhibitors of eicosanoids (e.g., prostaglandins, thromboxanes, and leukotrienes. Other examples of anti-inflammatory agents can be found, e.g., in U.S. Publication No. 005/0002934 A1 at paragraphs 290-294, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. In other embodiments, the therapy(ies) used in accordance with the invention is not an anti-inflammatory agent.

In certain embodiments, the therapy(ies) used is an alkylating agent, a nitrosourea, an antimetabolite, and anthracycline, a topoisomerase II inhibitor, or a mitotic inhibitor. Alkylating agents include, but are not limited to, busulfan, cisplatin, carboplatin, cholormbucil, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, decarbazine, mechlorethamine, mephalen, and themozolomide. Nitrosoureas include, but are not limited to carmustine (BCNU) and lomustine (CCNU). Antimetabolites include but are not limited to 5-fluorouracil, capecitabine, methotrexate, gemcitabine, cytarabine, and fludarabine. Anthracyclins include but are not limited to daunorubicin, doxorubicin, epirubicin, idarubicin, and mitoxantrone. Topoisomerase II inhibitors include, but are not limited to, topotecan, irinotecan, etopiside (VP-16), and teniposide. Mitotic inhibitors include, but are not limited to taxanes (paclitaxel, docetaxel), and the vinca alkaloids (vinblastine, vincristine, and vinorelbine).

In some embodiments, the therapy(ies) used in combination with an antibody of the invention is an agent that targets cancer stem cells. In certain embodiments, the agent is a small molecule or a biologic including a peptide- or antibody-based compound. In certain embodiments, the agent is attached directly or indirectly to a therapeutic moiety other than an antibody of the invention. A non-limiting list of therapeutic moieties includes those listed above in section 3.1, including, but not limited to, alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, plant alkaloids, cytotoxic agents, chemotherapeutic agents (e.g., a steroid, cytosine arabinoside, fluoruracil, methotrexate, aminopterin, mitomycin C, demecolcine, etoposide, mithramycin, calicheamicin, CC-1065, chlorambucil or melphalan), radionuclides, therapeutic enzymes, cytokines, toxins including plant-derived toxins, fungus-derived toxins, bacteria-derived toxin (e.g., deglycosylated ricin A chain, a ribosome inactivating protein, alpha-sarcin, aspergillin, restrictocin, a ribonuclease, a diphtheria toxin, Pseudomonas exotoxin, a bacterial endotoxin or the lipid A moiety of a bacterial endotoxin), growth modulators and RNase. In some embodiments, the agent used is an agent that binds to a marker, e.g., antigen on cancer stem cells. In a specific embodiment, the agent binds to an antigen that is expressed at a greater level on cancer stem cells than on normal stem cells. In another specific embodiment, the agent binds to an antigen that is expressed at the same level on cancer stem cells as on normal stem cells.

In a specific embodiment, the agent binds to a cancer stem cell antigen. In other embodiments, the therapy(ies) used in accordance with the invention is an agent that binds to a marker on cancer stem cells. Non-limiting examples of antigens on cancer stem cells that can be used to target cancer stem cells such as CD123. Other non limiting examples of cell surface antigens present on a cancer stem cell include CD44, CLL1, and CD133. In one embodiment, the agent that binds to a marker on cancer stem cells is a peptide or an antibody that is either naked or conjugated to a therapeutic moiety. In another embodiment, the agent that binds to a marker on cancer stem cells is composed, in whole or in part, of a ligand. In certain embodiments, the antibody or ligand is attached directly or indirectly to a therapeutic moiety. Non-limiting examples of therapeutic moieties include, but are not limited to, therapeutic enzymes, chemotherapeutic agents, cytokines, radionuclides, antimetabolites, toxins and RNase.

In certain embodiments, antibodies that bind to a marker on cancer stem cells are substantially non-immunogenic in the treated subject. Strategies to prepare non-immunogenic antibodies include, but are not limited to, chimerizing the antibody, humanizing the antibody, and isolating antibodies from the same species as the subject receiving the therapy. See, for example, paragraphs 539-573 of U.S. Publication No. 2005/0002934 A1, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Antibodies that bind to markers on cancer stem cells can be produced using techniques known in the art.

In certain embodiments, antibodies or fragments thereof that bind to a marker on cancer stem cells are substantially non-immunogenic in the treated subject. Methods for obtaining non-immunogenic antibodies include, but are not limited to, chimerizing the antibody, humanizing the antibody, and isolating antibodies from the same species as the subject receiving the therapy. Antibodies or fragments thereof that bind to markers in cancer stem cells can be produced using techniques known in the art. See, for example, paragraphs 539-573 of U.S. Publication No. 2005/0002934 A1, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.

In some embodiments, an antibody of the invention is used in combination with radiation therapy comprising the use of x-rays, gamma rays and other sources of radiation to destroy cancer stem cells and/or cancer cells. In specific embodiments, the radiation therapy is administered as external beam radiation or teletherapy, wherein the radiation is directed from a remote source. In other embodiments, the radiation therapy is administered as internal therapy or brachytherapy wherein a radioactive source is placed inside the body close to cancer stem cells, cancer cells or a tumor mass.

Currently available cancer therapies and their dosages, routes of administration and recommended usage are known in the art and have been described in such literature as the Physician's Desk Reference (60^(th) ed., 2006). In accordance with the present invention, the dosages and frequency of administration of chemotherapeutic agents are described in the Section 5.3.1.

5.4.3 Target Cancers

Any type of cancer can be treated in accordance with the invention. Non-limiting examples of cancers that can be treated in accordance with the invention cancers include: leukemias, such as but not limited to, acute leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute myelocytic leukemias, such as, myeloblastic, promyelocytic, myelomonocytic, monocytic, and erythroleukemia leukemias and myelodysplastic syndrome; chronic leukemias, such as but not limited to, chronic myelocytic (granulocytic) leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, hairy cell leukemia; polycythemia vera; lymphomas such as but not limited to Hodgkin's disease, non-Hodgkin's disease; multiple myelomas such as but not limited to smoldering multiple myeloma, nonsecretory myeloma, osteosclerotic myeloma, plasma cell leukemia, solitary plasmacytoma and extramedullary plasmacytoma; Waldenström's macroglobulinemia; monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance; benign monoclonal gammopathy; heavy chain disease; bone and connective tissue sarcomas such as but not limited to bone sarcoma, osteosarcoma, chondrosarcoma, Ewing's sarcoma, malignant giant cell tumor, fibrosarcoma of bone, chordoma, periosteal sarcoma, soft-tissue sarcomas, angiosarcoma (hemangiosarcoma), fibrosarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, leiomyosarcoma, liposarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma, neurilemmoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, synovial sarcoma; brain tumors such as but not limited to, glioma, astrocytoma, brain stem glioma, ependymoma, oligodendroglioma, nonglial tumor, acoustic neurinoma, craniopharyngioma, medulloblastoma, meningioma, pineocytoma, pineoblastoma, primary brain lymphoma; breast cancer including but not limited to ductal carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, lobular (small cell) carcinoma, intraductal carcinoma, medullary breast cancer, mucinous breast cancer, tubular breast cancer, papillary breast cancer, Paget's disease, and inflammatory breast cancer; adrenal cancer such as but not limited to pheochromocytom and adrenocortical carcinoma; thyroid cancer such as but not limited to papillary or follicular thyroid cancer, medullary thyroid cancer and anaplastic thyroid cancer; pancreatic cancer such as but not limited to, insulinoma, gastrinoma, glucagonoma, vipoma, somatostatin-secreting tumor, and carcinoid or islet cell tumor; pituitary cancers such as but limited to Cushing's disease, prolactin-secreting tumor, acromegaly, and diabetes insipius; eye cancers such as but not limited to ocular melanoma such as iris melanoma, choroidal melanoma, and ciliary body melanoma, and retinoblastoma; vaginal cancers such as squamous cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, and melanoma; vulvar cancer such as squamous cell carcinoma, melanoma, adenocarcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, sarcoma, and Paget's disease; cervical cancers such as but not limited to, squamous cell carcinoma, and adenocarcinoma; uterine cancers such as but not limited to endometrial carcinoma and uterine sarcoma; ovarian cancers such as but not limited to, ovarian epithelial carcinoma, borderline tumor, germ cell tumor, and stromal tumor; esophageal cancers such as but not limited to, squamous cancer, adenocarcinoma, adenoid cystic carcinoma, mucoepidermoid carcinoma, adenosquamous carcinoma, sarcoma, melanoma, plasmacytoma, verrucous carcinoma, and oat cell (small cell) carcinoma; stomach cancers such as but not limited to, adenocarcinoma, fungating (polyploid), ulcerating, superficial spreading, diffusely spreading, malignant lymphoma, liposarcoma, fibrosarcoma, and carcinosarcoma; colon cancers; rectal cancers; liver cancers such as but not limited to hepatocellular carcinoma and hepatoblastoma; gallbladder cancers such as adenocarcinoma; cholangiocarcinomas such as but not limited to papillary, nodular, and diffuse; lung cancers such as non-small cell lung cancer, squamous cell carcinoma (epidermoid carcinoma), adenocarcinoma, large-cell carcinoma and small-cell lung cancer; testicular cancers such as but not limited to germinal tumor, seminoma, anaplastic, classic (typical), spermatocytic, nonseminoma, embryonal carcinoma, teratoma carcinoma, choriocarcinoma (yolk-sac tumor), prostate cancers such as but not limited to, prostatic intraepithelial neoplasia, adenocarcinoma, leiomyosarcoma, and rhabdomyosarcoma; penal cancers; oral cancers such as but not limited to squamous cell carcinoma; basal cancers; salivary gland cancers such as but not limited to adenocarcinoma, mucoepidermoid carcinoma, and adenoidcystic carcinoma; pharynx cancers such as but not limited to squamous cell cancer, and verrucous; skin cancers such as but not limited to, basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma and melanoma, superficial spreading melanoma, nodular melanoma, lentigo malignant melanoma, acral lentiginous melanoma; kidney cancers such as but not limited to renal cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, hypemephroma, fibrosarcoma, transitional cell cancer (renal pelvis and/or uterer); Wilms' tumor; bladder cancers such as but not limited to transitional cell carcinoma, squamous cell cancer, adenocarcinoma, carcinosarcoma. In addition, cancers include myxosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, endotheliosarcoma, lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, mesothelioma, synovioma, hemangioblastoma, epithelial carcinoma, cystadenocarcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, papillary carcinoma and papillary adenocarcinomas (for a review of such disorders, see Fishman et al., 1985, Medicine, 2d Ed., J.B. Lippincott Co., Philadelphia and Murphy, et al., 1997, Informed Decisions. The Complete Book of Cancer Diagnosis, Treatment, and Recovery, Viking Penguin, Penguin Books U.S.A., Inc., United States of America).

The therapeutically effective regimens are also useful in the treatment of a variety of cancers or other abnormal proliferative diseases, including (but not limited to) the following: carcinoma, including that of the bladder, breast, colon, kidney, liver, lung, ovary, pancreas, stomach, cervix, thyroid and skin; including squamous cell carcinoma; hematopoietic tumors of lymphoid lineage, including leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, B-cell lymphoma, T cell lymphoma, Burkitt's lymphoma; hematopoietic tumors of myeloid lineage, including acute and chronic myelogenous leukemias and promyelocytic leukemia; tumors of mesenchymal origin, including fibrosarcoma and rhabdomyosarcoma; other tumors, including melanoma, seminoma, teratocarcinoma, neuroblastoma and glioma; tumors of the central and peripheral nervous system, including astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, glioma, and schwannomas; tumors of mesenchymal origin, including fibrosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, and osteosarcoma; and other tumors, including melanoma, xeroderma pigmentosum, keratoctanthoma, seminoma, thyroid follicular cancer and teratocarcinoma. In some embodiments, cancers associated with aberrations in apoptosis are treated in accordance with the methods of the invention. Such cancers may include, but are not limited to, follicular lymphomas, carcinomas with p53 mutations, hormone dependent tumors of the breast, prostate and ovary, and precancerous lesions such as familial adenomatous polyposis, and myelodysplastic syndromes. In specific embodiments, malignancy or dysproliferative changes (such as metaplasias and dysplasias), or hyperproliferative disorders of the skin, lung, liver, bone, brain, stomach, colon, breast, prostate, bladder, kidney, pancreas, ovary, and/or uterus are treated in accordance with the methods of the invention. In other specific embodiments, a sarcoma, or melanoma is treated in accordance with the methods of the invention.

In a specific embodiment, the cancer being treated in accordance with the invention is leukemia, lymphoma, myeloma or myelodysplastic syndrome.

Non-limiting examples of leukemias and other blood-borne cancers that can be treated with the methods of the invention include acute lymphoblastic leukemia “ALL”, acute lymphoblastic B-cell leukemia, acute lymphoblastic T-cell leukemia, acute myeloblastic leukemia “AML”, acute promyelocytic leukemia “APL”, acute monoblastic leukemia, acute erythroleukemic leukemia, acute megakaryoblastic leukemia, acute myelomonocytic leukemia, acute nonlymphocytic leukemia, acute undifferentiated leukemia, myelodysplastic syndrome (“MDS”), chronic myelocytic leukemia “CML”, chronic lymphocytic leukemia “CLL”, and hairy cell leukemia.

Non-limiting examples of lymphomas that can be treated in accordance with the methods of the invention include Hodgkin's disease, non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma, Multiple myeloma, Waldenström's macroglobulinemia, Heavy chain disease, and Polycythemia vera.

In another embodiment, the cancer being treated in accordance with the invention is a solid tumor. Examples of solid tumors that can be treated in accordance with the methods of the invention include, but are not limited to fibrosarcoma, myxosarcoma, liposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, chordoma, angiosarcoma, endotheliosarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma, lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, synovioma, mesothelioma, Ewing's tumor, leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, kidney cancer, pancreatic cancer, bone cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, esophageal cancer, stomach cancer, oral cancer, nasal cancer, throat cancer, squamous cell carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, papillary adenocarcinomas, cystadenocarcinoma, medullary carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, hepatoma, bile duct carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, seminoma, embryonal carcinoma, Wilms' tumor, cervical cancer, uterine cancer, testicular cancer, small cell lung carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, lung cancer, epithelial carcinoma, glioma, glioblastoma multiform, astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, craniopharyngioma, ependymoma, pinealoma, hemangioblastoma, acoustic neuroma, oligodendroglioma, meningioma, skin cancer, melanoma, neuroblastoma, and retinoblastoma.

5.4.4 Patient Population

In accordance with the invention, a therapeutically effective regimen of the invention is administered to subjects with or expected to develop cancer (e.g., subjects with a genetic predisposition for a particular type of cancer, subject that have been exposed to a carcinogen, or subjects that are in remission from a particular cancer). In a specific embodiment, the subject has been diagnosed with cancer using techniques known to one of skill in the art including, but not limited to, physical examination (e.g., prostate examination, breast examination, lymph nodes examination, abdominal examination, skin surveillance), visual methods (e.g., colonoscopy, bronchoscopy, endoscopy), PAP smear analyses (cervical cancer), stool guaiac analyses, blood tests (e.g., complete blood count (CBC) test, prostate specific antigen (PSA) test, carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA) test, cancer antigen (CA)-125 test, alpha-fetoprotein (AFP)), karyotyping analyses, bone marrow analyses (e.g., in cases of hematological malignancies), histology, cytology, a sputum analysis and imaging methods (e.g., computed tomography (CT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), ultrasound, X-ray imaging, mammography, bone scans). Subjects may or may not have been previously treated for cancer.

The therapeutically effective regimens may be used as any line of cancer therapy, e.g., a first line, second line or third line of cancer therapy. In a specific embodiment, the subject to receive or receiving an antibody of the invention is receiving or has received other cancer therapies. In another embodiment the subject to receive an antibody of the invention is receiving other cancer therapies before any adverse effects or intolerance of these other cancer therapies occurs. In an alternative embodiment, the subject to receive or receiving an antibody of the invention has not received or is not receiving other cancer therapies.

In one embodiment, an antibody of the invention is administered to a subject that is undergoing or has undergone surgery to remove a tumor or neoplasm. In a specific embodiment, an antibody of the invention is administered to a subject concurrently or following surgery to remove a tumor or neoplasm. In another embodiment, an antibody of the invention is administered to a subject before surgery to remove a tumor or neoplasm and, in some embodiments, during and/or after surgery.

In one embodiment, an antibody of the invention is administered to a subject after a course of therapy with the goal of killing cancer cells. In some embodiments, the course of therapy involves the administration of bolus doses of chemotherapeutic agents and/or bolus doses of radiation therapy. In a specific embodiment, an antibody of the invention is administered to a subject after the subject has received a course of therapy involving maximum tolerated doses or no observed adverse effect level doses of one or more chemotherapeutic agents and/or radiation therapy.

In certain embodiments, an antibody of the invention is administered to a subject as an alternative to chemotherapy, radioimmunotherapy, antibody therapy, pro-drug activating enzyme therapy, toxin therapy, protein therapy, radiation therapy, small molecule therapy, hormonal therapy, targeted therapy, epigenetic therapy, demethylation therapy, histone deacetylase inhibitor therapy, differentiation therapy, antiangiogenic therapy and/or biologic therapy, including immunotherapy where the therapy has proven or may prove too toxic, i.e., results in unacceptable or unbearable side effects, for the subject. In some embodiments, an antibody of the invention is administered to a subject that is susceptible to adverse reactions from other cancer therapies. The subject may e.g., have a suppressed immune system (e.g., post-operative patients, chemotherapy patients, and patients with immunodeficiency disease), have an impaired renal or liver function, be elderly, be a child, be an infant, have a neuropsychiatric disorder, take a psychotropic drug, have a history of seizures, or be on medication that would negatively interact with the cancer therapies.

In a specific embodiment, an antibody of the invention is administered to subjects that will, are or have undergone radiation therapy. Among these subjects are those that have received chemotherapy, hormonal therapy and/or biological therapy including immunotherapy as well as those who have undergone surgery.

In another embodiment, an antibody of the invention is administered to subjects that will, are or have received hormonal therapy and/or biological therapy including immunotherapy. Among these subjects are those that have received chemotherapy and/or radiation therapy as well as those who have undergone surgery.

In certain embodiments, an antibody of the invention is administered to a subject refractory to one or, more therapies. In one embodiment, that a cancer is refractory to a therapy means that at least some significant portion of the cancer cells are not killed or their cell division arrested. The determination of whether the cancer cells are refractory can be made either in vivo or in vitro by any method known in the art for assaying the effect of a therapy on cancer cells, using the art-accepted meanings of “refractory” in such a context. See, e.g., Section 5.5 for non-limiting examples of methods for determining the effect of a therapy on cancer cells. In various embodiments, a cancer is refractory where the amount of cancer cells has not been significantly reduced, or has increased. In other embodiments, that a cancer is refractory means that cancer stem cells are adequately stabilized, reduced or eradicated. The determination of whether the cancer stem cells are refractory can be made either in vivo or in vitro by any methods known in the art or described herein. See, e.g., Section 5.4 for non-limiting examples methods for determining the effectiveness of a therapy on cancer stem cells.

In some embodiments, an antibody of the invention is administered to reverse resistance or to increase sensitivity of cancer cells to certain hormonal, radiation and chemotherapeutic agents thereby sensitizing the cancer cells to one or more of these agents, which can then be administered (or continue to be administered) to treat or manage cancer, including to prevent metastasis. In a specific embodiment, the compound of the invention is administered to patients with increased levels of the cytokine IL-6, which has been associated with the development of cancer cell resistance to different treatment regimens, such as chemotherapy and hormonal therapy.

In some embodiments, an antibody of the invention is administered to a subject with a mean absolute lymphocyte count of at least approximately 400 cells/mm³, at 500 cells/mm³, at least approximately 600 cells/mm³, at least approximately 700 cells/mm³, at least approximately 800 cells/mm³, at least approximately 900 cells/mm³, at least approximately 1000 cells/mm³, at least approximately 1100 cells/mm³, at least approximately 1200 cells/mm³. In other embodiments, a therapeutically effective regimen of the invention is administered to a subject with a mean absolute lymphocyte count of approximately 400 cells/mm³ to approximately 1200 cells/mm³, approximately 500 cells/mm³ to approximately 1200 cells/mm³, approximately 600 cells/mm³ to approximately 1200 cells/mm³, approximately 700 cells/mm³ to approximately 1200 cells/mm³, approximately 800 cells/mm³ to approximately 1200 cells/mm³, approximately 900 cells/mm³ to approximately 1200 cells/mm³, approximately 1000 cells/mm³ to approximately 12000 cells/mm³ In a more specific embodiment, the regimen results in a mean absolute lymphocyte count of at least approximately 400 cells/mm³. The mean absolute lymphocyte count can be determined by methods set forth in Section 5.6, infra. In some embodiments, the regimen comprises monitoring the mean absolute lymphocyte count in the human subject.

In some embodiments, a regimen of the invention is administered to a subject with a mean absolute neutrophil count of at least approximately 1000 cells/mm³, at least approximately 1200 cells/mm³, at least approximately 1500 cells/mm³, or at least approximately 2000 cells/mm³. In another embodiments, a regimen of the invention is administered to a subject with a mean absolute neutrophil count of approximately 1000 cells/mm³ to approximately 2500 cells/mm³. In a specific embodiment, the mean absolute neutrophil count is determined by the methods described in Section 5.6, infra. In some embodiments, the regimen comprises monitoring the absolute neutrophil count.

In some embodiments, an antibody of the invention is administered to a subject that is in remission. In a specific embodiment, the subject is cancer-free, i.e., no cancer is detectable using a method (e.g. CT, MRI) described herein or known to one of skill in the art.

In some embodiments, an antibody of the invention is administered to a subject that failed treatment, relapsed or is refractory.

5.5 Methods of Monitoring Cancer Stem Cells

As part of the therapeutically effective regimens of the invention, the cancer stem cell population can be monitored to assess the efficacy of a therapy as well as to determine prognosis of a subject with cancer or the efficacy of a therapeutically effective regimen. In certain embodiments of the therapeutically effective therapies or regimens of the invention, the therapies or regimens result in a stabilization or reduction in the cancer stem cell population in the patient. In one embodiment, the subject undergoing the regimen is monitored to assess whether the regimen has resulted in a stabilization or reduction in the cancer stem cell population in the subject.

In some embodiments, the amount of cancer stem cells in a subject is determined using a technique well-known to one of skill in the art or as described using one of the techniques discussed below.

In accordance with the invention, cancer stem cells comprise a unique subpopulation (often 0.1-10% or so) of a tumor that, in contrast to the remaining 90% or so of the tumor (i.e., the tumor bulk), are relatively more tumorigenic and relatively more slow-growing or quiescent. Given that conventional therapies and regimens have, in large part, been designed to attack rapidly proliferating cells (i.e., those cancer cells that comprise the tumor bulk), slower growing cancer stem cells may be relatively more resistant than faster growing tumor bulk to conventional therapies and regimens. This would explain another reason for the failure of standard oncology treatment regimens to ensure long-term benefit in most patients with advanced stage cancers. In a specific embodiment, a cancer stem cell(s) is the founder cell of a tumor (i.e., it is the progenitor of cancer cells). In some embodiments, a cancer stem cell(s) has one, two, three, or more or all of the following characteristics or properties: (i) can harbor the ability to initiate a tumor and/or to perpetuate tumor growth, (ii) can be generally relatively less mutated than the bulk of a tumor (e.g. due to slower growth and thus fewer DNA replication-dependent errors, improved DNA repair, and/or epigenetic/non-mutagenic changes contributing to their malignancy), (iii) can have many features of a normal stem cell(s) (e.g., similar cell surface antigen and/or intracellular expression profile, self-renewal programs, multi-drug resistance, an immature phenotype, etc., characteristic of normal stem cells) and may be derived from a normal stem cell(s), (iv) can be potentially responsive to its microenvironment (e.g., the cancer stem cells may be capable of being induced to differentiate and/or divide asymmetrically), (v) can be the source of metastases, (vi) can be slow-growing or quiescent, (vii) can be symmetrically-dividing, (viii) can be tumorigenic (e.g. as determined by NOD/SCID implantation experiments), (ix) can be relatively resistant to traditional therapies (i.e. chemoresistant), and (x) can comprise a subpopulation of a tumor (e.g. relative to the tumor bulk).

In other embodiments, the amount of cancer stem cells in a sample from a subject is determined/assessed using a technique described herein or well-known to one of skill in the art. Such samples include, but are not limited to, biological samples and samples derived from a biological sample. In certain embodiments, in addition to the biological sample itself or in addition to material derived from the biological sample such as cells, the sample used in the methods of this invention comprises added water, salts, glycerin, glucose, an antimicrobial agent, paraffin, a chemical stabilizing agent, heparin, an anticoagulant, or a buffering agent. In certain embodiments, the biological sample is blood, serum, urine, bone marrow or interstitial fluid. In another embodiment, the sample is a tissue sample. In a particular embodiment, the tissue sample is breast, brain, skin, colon, lung, liver, ovarian, pancreatic, prostate, renal, bone or skin tissue. In a specific embodiment, the tissue sample is a biopsy of normal or tumor tissue. The amount of biological sample taken from the subject will vary according to the type of biological sample and the method of detection to be employed. In a particular embodiment, the biological sample is blood, serum, urine, or bone marrow and the amount of blood, serum, urine, or bone marrow taken from the subject is 0.1 ml, 0.5 ml, 1 ml, 5 ml, 8 ml, 10 ml or more. In another embodiment, the biological sample is a tissue and the amount of tissue taken from the subject is less than 10 milligrams, less than 25 milligrams, less than 50 milligrams, less than 1 gram, less than 5 grams, less than 10 grams, less than 50 grams, or less than 100 grams.

In accordance with the methods of the invention, a sample derived from a biological sample is one in which the biological sample has been subjected to one or more pretreatment steps prior to the detection and/or measurement of the cancer stem cell population in the sample. In certain embodiments, a biological fluid is pretreated by centrifugation, filtration, precipitation, dialysis, or chromatography, or by a combination of such pretreatment steps. In other embodiments, a tissue sample is pretreated by freezing, chemical fixation, paraffin embedding, dehydration, permeabilization, or homogenization followed by centrifugation, filtration, precipitation, dialysis, or chromatography, or by a combination of such pretreatment steps. In certain embodiments, the sample is pretreated by removing cells other than stem cells or cancer stem cells from the sample, or removing debris from the sample prior to the determination of the amount of cancer stem cells in the sample according to the methods of the invention.

The samples for use in the methods of this invention may be taken from any animal subject, preferably mammal, most preferably a human. The subject from which a sample is obtained and utilized in accordance with the methods of this invention includes, without limitation, an asymptomatic subject, a subject manifesting or exhibiting 1, 2, 3, 4 or more symptoms of cancer, a subject clinically diagnosed as having cancer, a subject predisposed to cancer, a subject suspected of having cancer, a subject undergoing therapy for cancer, a subject that has been medically determined to be free of cancer (e.g., following therapy for the cancer), a subject that is managing cancer, or a subject that has not been diagnosed with cancer. In certain embodiments, the term “has no detectable cancer” as used herein, refers to a subject or subjects in which there is no detectable cancer by conventional methods, e.g. MRI. In other embodiments, the term refers to a subject or subjects free from any disorder.

In certain embodiments, the amount of cancer stem cells in a subject or a sample from a subject assessed prior to therapy or regimen (e.g. at baseline) or at least 1, 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 20, 30, 60, 90 days, 6 months, 9 months, 12 months, >12 months after the subject begins receiving the therapy or regimen. In certain embodiments, the amount of cancer stem cells is assessed after a certain number of doses (e.g., after 2, 5, 10, 20, 30 or more doses of a therapy). In other embodiments, the amount of cancer stem cells is assessed after 1 week, 2 weeks, 1 month, 2 months, 1 year, 2 years, 3 years, 4 years or more after receiving one or more therapies.

In certain embodiments, a positive or negative control sample is a sample that is obtained or derived from a corresponding tissue or biological fluid or tumor as the sample to be analyzed in accordance with the methods of the invention. This sample may come from the same patient or different persons and at the same or different time points.

For clarity of disclosure, and not by way of limitation, the following pertains to analysis of a blood sample from a patient. However, as one skilled in the art will appreciate, the assays and techniques described herein can be applied to other types of patient samples, including a body fluid (e.g. blood, bone marrow, plasma, urine, bile, ascitic fluid), a tissue sample suspected of containing material derived from a cancer (e.g. a biopsy) or homogenate thereof. The amount of sample to be collected will vary with the particular type of sample and method of determining the amount of cancer stem cells used and will be an amount sufficient to detect the cancer stem cells in the sample.

A sample of blood may be obtained from a patient having different developmental or disease stages. Blood may be drawn from a subject from any part of the body (e.g., a finger, a hand, a wrist, an arm, a leg, a foot, an ankle, a stomach, and a neck) using techniques known to one of skill in the art, in particular methods of phlebotomy known in the art. In a specific embodiment, venous blood is obtained from a subject and utilized in accordance with the methods of the invention. In another embodiment, arterial blood is obtained and utilized in accordance with the methods of the invention. The composition of venous blood varies according to the metabolic needs of the area of the body it is servicing. In contrast, the composition of arterial blood is consistent throughout the body. For routine blood tests, venous blood is generally used.

The amount of blood collected will vary depending upon the site of collection, the amount required for a method of the invention, and the comfort of the subject. In some embodiments, any amount of blood is collected that is sufficient to detect the amount of cancer stem cells. In a specific embodiment, 1 cc or more of blood is collected from a subject.

The amount of cancer stem cells in a sample can be expressed as the percentage of, e.g., overall cells, overall cancer cells or overall stem cells in the sample, or quantitated relative to area (e.g. cells per high power field), or volume (e.g. cells per ml), or architecture (e.g. cells per bone spicule in a bone marrow specimen).

In some embodiments, the sample may be a blood sample, bone marrow sample, or a tissue/tumor biopsy sample, wherein the amount of cancer stem cells per unit of volume (e.g., 1 mL) or other measured unit (e.g., per unit field in the case of a histological analysis) is quantitated. In certain embodiments, the cancer stem cell population is determined as a portion (e.g., a percentage) of the cancerous cells present in the blood or bone marrow or tissue/tumor biopsy sample or as a subset of the cancerous cells present in the blood or bone marrow or tissue/tumor biopsy sample. The cancer stem cell population, in other embodiments, can be determined as a portion (e.g., percentage) of the total cells. In yet other embodiments, the cancer stem cell population is determined as a portion (e.g., a percentage) of the total stem cells present in the blood sample.

In other embodiments, the sample from the patient is a tissue sample (e.g., a biopsy from a subject with or suspected of having cancerous tissue), where the amount of cancer stem cells can be measured, for example, by immunohistochemistry or flow cytometry, or on the basis of the amount of cancer stem cells per unit area, volume, or weight of the tissue. In certain embodiments, the cancer stem cell population (the amount of cancer stem cells) is determined as a portion (e.g., a percentage) of the cancerous cells present in the tissue sample or as a subset of the cancerous cells present in the tissue sample. In yet other embodiments, the cancerous stem cell population (the amount of cancer stem cells) is determined as a portion (e.g., a percentage) of the overall cells or stem cell cells in the tissue sample.

The amount of cancer stem cells in a test sample can be compared with the amount of cancer stem cells in reference sample(s) to assess the efficacy of the regimen. In one embodiment, the reference sample is a sample obtained from the subject undergoing therapy at an earlier time point (e.g., prior to receiving the regimen as a baseline reference sample, or at an earlier time point while receiving the therapy). In this embodiment, the therapy desirably results in a decrease in the amount of cancer stem cells in the test sample as compared with the reference sample. In another embodiment, the reference sample is obtained from a healthy, subject who has no detectable cancer, or from a patient that is in remission for the same type of cancer. In this embodiment, the therapy desirably results in the test sample having an equal amount of cancer stem cells, or less than the amount of cancer stem cells than are detected in the reference sample.

In other embodiments, the cancer stem cell population in a test sample can be compared with a predetermined reference range and/or a previously detected amount of cancer stem cells determined for the subject to gauge the subject's response to the regimens described herein. In a specific embodiment, a stabilization or reduction in the amount of cancer stem cells relative to a predetermined reference range and/or earlier (previously detected) cancer stem cell amount determined for the subject indicates an improvement in the subject's prognosis or a positive response to the regimen, whereas an increase relative to the predetermined reference range and/or earlier cancer stem cell amount indicates the same or worse prognosis, and/or a failure to respond to the regimen. The cancer stem cell amount can be used in conjunction with other measures to assess the prognosis of the subject and/or the efficacy of the regimen. In a specific embodiment, the predetermined reference range is based on the amount of cancer stem cells obtained from a patient or population(s) of patients suffering from the same type of cancer as the patient undergoing the therapy.

Generally, since stem cell antigens can be present on both cancer stem cells and normal stem cells, a sample from the cancer-afflicted patient will have a higher stem cell count than a sample from a healthy, subject who has no detectable cancer due to the presence of the cancer stem cells. The therapy will desirably result in a cancer stem cell count for the test sample (e.g., the sample from the patient undergoing therapy) that decreases and becomes increasingly closer to the stem cell count in a reference sample that is sample from a healthy, subject who has no detectable cancer.

If the reduction in the amount of cancer stem cells is determined to be inadequate upon comparing the amount of cancer stem cells in the sample from the subject undergoing the regimen with the reference sample, then the medical practitioner has a number of possible options to adjust the regimen. For instance, the medical practitioner can then increase either the dosage or intensity of the therapy administered, the frequency of the administration, the duration of administration, combine the therapy with another therapy(ies), change the management altogether including halting therapy, or any combination thereof.

In certain embodiments, the dosage, frequency and/or duration of administration of a therapy is modified as a result of the change in the amount of cancer stem cells detected in or from the treated patient. For example, if a subject receiving therapy for leukemia has a cancer stem cell measurement of 2.5% of his tumor prior to therapy and 5% after 6 weeks of therapy, then the therapy or regimen may be altered or stopped because the increase in the percentage of cancer stem cells indicates that the therapy or regimen is not optimal. Alternatively, if another subject with leukemia has a cancer stem cell measurement of 2.5% of his tumor prior to therapy and 1% after 6 weeks of therapy, then the therapy or regimen may be continued because the decrease in the percentage of cancer stem cells indicates that the therapy or regimen is effective.

The amount of cancer stem cells can be monitored/assessed using standard techniques known to one of skill in the art. Cancer stem cells can be monitored by, e.g., obtaining a sample, such as a tissue/tumor sample, blood sample or a bone marrow sample, from a subject and detecting cancer stem cells in the sample. The amount of cancer stem cells in a sample (which may be expressed as percentages of, e.g., overall cells or overall cancer cells) can be assessed by detecting the expression of antigens on cancer stem cells. Techniques known to those skilled in the art can be used for measuring these activities. Antigen expression can be assayed, for example, by immunoassays including, but not limited to, western blots, immunohistochemistry, radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay), “sandwich” immunoassays, immunoprecipitation assays, precipitin reactions, gel diffusion precipitin reactions, immunodiffusion assays, agglutination assays, complement-fixation assays, immunoradiometric assays, fluorescent immunoassays, immunofluorescence, protein A immunoassays, flow cytometry, and FACS analysis. In such circumstances, the amount of cancer stem cells in a test sample from a subject may be determined by comparing the results to the amount of stem cells in a reference sample (e.g., a sample from a subject who has no detectable cancer) or to a predetermined reference range, or to the patient him/herself at an earlier time point (e.g. prior to, or during therapy).

In a specific embodiment, the cancer stem cell population in a sample from a patient is determined by flow cytometry. This method exploits the differential expression of certain surface markers on cancer stem cells relative to the bulk of the tumor. Labeled antibodies (e.g., fluorescent antibodies) can be used to react with the cells in the sample, and the cells are subsequently sorted by FACS or flow cytometry methods. In some embodiments, a combination of cell surface markers are utilized in order to determine the amount of cancer stem cells in the sample. For example, both positive and negative cell sorting may be used to assess the amount of cancer stem cells in the sample. Cancer stem cells for specific tumor types can be determined by assessing the expression of markers on cancer stem cells. In certain embodiments, the tumors harbor cancer stem cells and their associated markers as set forth in Table 2 below, which provides a non-limiting list of cancer stem cell phenotypes associated with various types of cancer.

TABLE 2 Tumor Cancer Stem Cell Phenotype Leukemia (AML) CD34+/CD38−/CD123+ Breast CD44+/CD24− Brain CD133+ Leukemia (ALL) CD34+/CD10−/CD19− Ovarian CD44+/CD24− Multiple Myeloma CD138−/CD34−/CD19+ Chronic myelogenous leukemia CD34+/CD38− Melanoma CD20+ Ependymoma CD133+/RC2+ Prostate CD44+/α₂β₁ ^(hi)/CD133+

Additional cancer stem cell markers include, but are not limited to, CD123, CLL-1, combinations of SLAMs (signaling lymphocyte activation molecule family receptors; see Yilmaz, et al., Hematopoiesis 107: 924-930 (2006)), such as CD150, CD244, and CD48, and those markers disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,004,528 to Bergstein, in pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/468,286, and in U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 2006/0083682, 2007/0036800, 2007/0036801, 2007/0036802, 2007/0041984, 2007/0036803, and 2007/0036804, each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. See, e.g., Table 1 of U.S. Pat. No. 6,004,528 and Tables 1, 2, and 3 of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/468,286 and U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 2006/0083682, 2007/0036800, 2007/0036801, 2007/0036802, 2007/0041984, 2007/0036803, and 2007/0036804.

In a specific embodiment the cancer stem population in a sample, e.g., a tissue sample, such as a solid tumor biopsy, is determined using immunohistochemistry techniques. This method exploits the differential expression of certain surface markers on cancer stem cells relative to the bulk of the tumor. Labeled antibodies (e.g., fluorescent antibodies) can be used to react with the cells in the sample, and the tissue is subsequently stained. In some embodiments, a combination of certain cell surface markers are utilized in order to determine the amount of cancer stem cells in the sample. Cancer stem cells for specific tumor types can be determined by assessing the expression of certain markers that are specific to cancer stem cells. In certain embodiments, the tumors harbor cancer stem cells and their associated markers as set forth in Table 2 above.

Suitable cancer stem cell antigens may be identified: (i) through publicly available information, such as published and unpublished expression profiles including cell surface antigens of cancer stem cells of a particular tumor type or adult stem cells for a particular tissue type (e.g. Table 2), and/or (ii) by cloning cancer stem cells or adult stem cells of a particular tumor or tissue type, respectively, in order to determine their expression profiles and complement of cell surface antigens. Cloning of normal stem cells is a technique routinely employed in the art (Uchida, et al., Curr Opin Immunol, 5:177-184 (1993)). In fact, this same technique is used to identify normal stem cells and cancer stem cells. Moreover, assumption that a proportion of normal stem cell gene products, e.g. cell surface antigens, will also be present on cancer stem cells derived from the same tissue type has proven an effective way to identify cancer stem cell gene products and cancer stem cells. For example, knowledge that the normal hematopoietic stem cell was CD34+/CD38− resulted in the determination that acute myeloid leukemia (AML) stem cells is similarly CD34+/CD38−. This indeed was confirmed by standard stem cell cloning techniques (See Bonnet, et al., Nat Med 3:730-737 (1997)). Brain cancer stem cells were similarly isolated using a marker of normal (brain) stem cells, in this case CD133 (See Singh, et al., Nature 432(7015):396-401 (2004)).

In certain embodiments using flow cytometry of a sample, the Hoechst dye protocol can be used to identify cancer stem cells in tumors. Briefly, two Hoechst dyes of different colors (typically red and blue) are incubated with tumor cells. The cancer stem cells, in comparison with bulk cancer cells, over-express dye efflux pumps on their surface that allow these cells to pump the dye back out of the cell. Bulk tumor cells largely have fewer of these pumps, and are therefore relatively positive for the dye, which can be detected by flow cytometry. Typically a gradient of dye positive (“dye⁺”) vs. dye negative (“dye⁻”) cells emerges when the entire population of cells is observed. Cancer stem cells are contained in the dye- or dye low (dye^(low)) population. For an example of the use of the Hoechst dye protocol to characterize a stem cell or cancer stem cell population see Goodell, et al., Blood, 98(4):1166-1173 (2001) and Kondo, et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 101:781-786 (2004). In this way, flow cytometry could be used to measure cancer stem cell amount pre- and post-therapy to assess the change in cancer stem cell amount arising from a given therapy or regimen.

In other embodiments using flow cytometry of a sample, the cells in the sample may be treated with a substrate for aldehyde dehydrogenase that becomes fluorescent when catalyzed by this enzyme. For instance, the sample can be treated with BODIPY®—aminoacetaldehyde which is commercially available from StemCell Technologies Inc. as Aldefluor®. Cancer stem cells express high levels of aldehyde dehydrogenase relative to bulk cancer cells and therefore become brightly fluorescent upon reaction with the substrate. The cancer stem cells, which become fluorescent in this type of experiment, can then be detected and counted using a standard flow cytometer. In this way, flow cytometry could be used to measure cancer stem cell amount pre- and post-therapy to assess the change in cancer stem cell amount arising from a given therapy or regimen.

In other embodiments, a sample (e.g., a tumor or normal tissue sample, blood sample or bone marrow sample) obtained from the patient is cultured in in vitro systems to assess the cancer stem cell population or amount of cancer stem cells. For example, tumor samples can be cultured on soft agar, and the amount of cancer stem cells can be correlated to the ability of the sample to generate colonies of cells that can be visually counted. Colony formation is considered a surrogate measure of stem cell content, and thus, can be used to quantitate the amount of cancer stem cells. For instance, with hematological cancers, colony-forming assays include colony forming cell (CFC) assays, long-term culture initiating cell (LTC-IC) assays, and suspension culture initiating cell (SC-IC) assays. In this way, the colony-forming or related assay could be used to measure cancer stem cell amount pre- and post-therapy to assess the change in cancer stem cell amount arising from a given therapy or regimen.

In other embodiments, sphere formation is measured to determine the amount of cancer stem cells in a sample (e.g., cancer stem cells form three-dimensional clusters of cells, called spheres) in appropriate media that is conducive to forming spheres. Spheres can be quantitated to provide a measure of cancer stem cells. See Singh, et al., Cancer Res 63: 5821-5828 (2003). Secondary spheres can also be measured. Secondary spheres are generated when the spheres that form from the patient sample are broken apart, and then allowed to reform. In this way, the sphere-forming assay could be used to measure cancer stem cell amount pre- and post-therapy to assess the change in cancer stem cell amount arising from a given therapy or regimen.

In other embodiments, the amount of cancer stem cells in a sample can be determined with a cobblestone assay. Cancer stem cells from certain hematological cancers form “cobblestone areas” (CAs) when added to a culture containing a monolayer of bone marrow stromal cells. For instance, the amount of cancer stem cells from a leukemia sample can be assessed by this technique. The tumor samples are added to the monolayer of bone marrow stromal cells. The leukemia cancer stem cells, more so than the bulk leukemia cells, have the ability to migrate under the stromal layer and seed the formation of a colony of cells which can be seen visually under phase contrast microscopy in approximately 10-14 days as CAs. The number of CAs in the culture is a reflection of the leukemia cancer stem cell content of the tumor sample, and is considered a surrogate measure of the amount of stem cells capable of engrafting the bone marrow of immunodeficient mice. This assay can also be modified so that the CAs can be quantitated using biochemical labels of proliferating cells instead of manual counting, in order to increase the throughput of the assay. See Chung, et al., Blood 105(1):77-84 (2005). In this way, the cobblestone assay could be used to measure cancer stem cell amount pre- and post-therapy to assess the change in cancer stem cell amount arising from a given therapy or regimen.

In other embodiments, a sample (e.g., a tumor or normal tissue sample, blood sample or bone marrow sample) obtained from the patient is analyzed in in vivo systems to determine the cancer stem cell population or amount of cancer stem cells. In certain embodiments, for example, in vivo engraftment is used to quantitate the amount of cancer stem cells in a sample. In vivo engraftment involves implantation of a human specimen with the readout being the formation of tumors in an animal such as in immunocompromised or immunodeficient mice (such as NOD/SCID mice). Typically, the patient sample is cultured or manipulated in vitro and then injected into the mice. In these assays, mice can be injected with a decreasing amount of cells from patient samples, and the frequency of tumor formation can be plotted vs. the amount of cells injected to determine the amount of cancer stem cells in the sample. Alternatively, the rate of growth of the resulting tumor can be measured, with larger or more rapidly advancing tumors indicating a higher cancer stem cell amount in the patient sample. In this way, an in vivo engraftment model/assay could be used to measure cancer stem cell amount pre- and post-therapy to assess the change in cancer stem cell amount arising from a given therapy or regimen.

In certain in vivo techniques, an imaging agent, or diagnostic moiety, is used which binds to molecules on cancer cells or cancer stem cells, e.g., cancer cell or cancer stem cell surface antigens. For instance, a fluorescent tag, radionuclide, heavy metal, or photon-emitter is attached to an antibody (including an antibody fragment) that binds to a cancer stem cell surface antigen. Exemplary cancer stem cell surface antigens are listed above in Table 2. The medical practitioner can infuse the labeled antibody into the patient either prior to, during, or following treatment, and then the practitioner can place the patient into a total body scanner/developer which can detect the attached label (e.g., fluorescent tag, radionuclide, heavy metal, photon-emitter). The scanner/developer (e.g., CT, MRI, or other scanner, e.g. detector of fluorescent label, that can detect the label) records the presence, amount/quantity, and bodily location of the bound antibody. In this manner, the mapping and quantitation of tag (e.g. fluorescence, radioactivity, etc.) in patterns (i.e., different from patterns of normal stem cells within a tissue) within a tissue or tissues indicates the treatment efficacy within the patient's body when compared to a reference control such as the same patient at an earlier time point or a patient or healthy individual who has no detectable cancer. For example, a large signal (relative to a reference range or a prior treatment date, or prior to treatment) at a particular location indicates the presence of cancer stem cells. If this signal is increased relative to a prior date it suggests a worsening of the disease and failure of therapy or regimen. Alternatively, a signal decrease indicates that the therapy or regimen has been effective.

In a specific embodiment, the amount of cancer stem cells is detected in vivo in a subject according to a method comprising the steps of: (a) administering to the subject an effective amount of a labeled cancer stem cell marker binding agent that binds to a cell surface marker found on the cancer stem cells, and (b) detecting the labeled agent in the subject following a time interval sufficient to allow the labeled agent to concentrate at sites in the subject where the cancer stem cell surface marker is expressed. In accordance with this embodiment, the cancer stem cell surface marker-binding agent is administered to the subject according to any suitable method in the art, for example, parenterally (such as intravenously), or intraperitoneally. In another embodiment, the cancer stem cell surface marker-binding agent is administered to the subject according to any suitable method in the art, for example, locally (such as directly into the lumen of the bladder), intratumorally or intraperitoneally. In accordance with this embodiment, the effective amount of the agent is the amount which permits the detection of the agent in the subject. This amount will vary according to the particular subject, the label used, and the detection method employed. For example, it is understood in the art that the size of the subject and the imaging system used will determine the amount of labeled agent needed to detect the agent in a subject using an imaging means. In the case of a radiolabeled agent for a human subject, the amount of labeled agent administered is measured in terms of radioactivity, for example from about 5 to 20 millicuries of ⁹⁹Tc. The time interval following the administration of the labeled agent which is sufficient to allow the labeled agent to concentrate at sites in the subject where the cancer stem cell surface marker is expressed will vary depending on several factors, for example, the type of label used, the mode of administration, and the part of the subject's body that is imaged. In a particular embodiment, the time interval that is sufficient is 6 to 48 hours, 6 to 24 hours, or 6 to 12 hours. In another embodiment the time interval is 5 to 20 days or 5 to 10 days. The presence of the labeled cancer stem cell surface marker-binding agent can be detected in the subject using imaging means known in the art. In general, the imaging means employed depend upon the type of label used. Skilled artisans will be able to determine the appropriate means for detecting a particular label. Methods and devices that may be used include, but are not limited to, computed tomography (CT), whole body scan such as position emission tomography (PET), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and sonography. In a specific embodiment, the cancer stem cell surface marker-binding agent is labeled with a radioisotope and is detected in the patient using a radiation responsive surgical instrument (Thurston, et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,441,050). In another embodiment, the cancer stem cell surface marker-binding agent is labeled with a fluorescent compound and is detected in the patient using a fluorescence responsive scanning instrument. In another embodiment, the cancer stem cell surface marker-binding agent is labeled with a positron emitting metal and is detected in the patient using positron emission-tomography. In yet another embodiment, the cancer stem cell surface marker-binding agent is labeled with a paramagnetic label and is detected in a patient using magnetic resonance imaging (MRI).

Any in vitro or in vivo (ex vivo) assays known to those skilled in the art that can detect and/or quantify cancer stem cells can be used to monitor cancer stem cells in order to evaluate the prophylactic and/or therapeutic utility of a cancer therapy or regimen disclosed herein for cancer or one or more symptoms thereof; or these assays can be used to assess the prognosis of a patient. The results of these assays then may be used to possibly maintain or alter the cancer therapy or regimen.

The amount of cancer stem cells in a specimen can be compared to a predetermined reference range and/or an earlier amount of cancer stem cells previously determined for the subject (either prior to, or during therapy) in order to gauge the subject's response to the treatment regimens described herein. In a specific embodiment, a stabilization or reduction in the amount of cancer stem cells relative to a predetermined reference range and/or earlier cancer stem cell amount previously determined for the subject (prior to, during and/or after therapy) indicates that the therapy or regimen was effective and thus possibly an improvement in the subject's prognosis, whereas an increase relative to the predetermined reference range and/or cancer stem cell amount detected at an earlier time point indicates that the therapy or regimen was ineffective and thus possibly the same or a worsening in the subject's prognosis. The cancer stem cell amount can be used with other standard measures of cancer to assess the prognosis of the subject and/or efficacy of the therapy or regimen: such as response rate, durability of response, relapse-free survival, disease-free survival, progression-free survival, and overall survival. In certain embodiments, the dosage, frequency and/or duration of administration of a therapy is modified as a result of the determination of the amount or change in relative amount of cancer stem cells at various time points which may include prior to, during, and/or following therapy.

The present invention also relates to methods for determining that a cancer therapy or regimen is effective at targeting and/or impairing cancer stem cells by virtue of monitoring cancer stem cells over time and detecting a stabilization or decrease in the amount of cancer stem cells during and/or following the course of the cancer therapy or regimen.

In a certain embodiment, a therapy or regimen may be marketed as an anti-cancer stem cell therapy or regimen based on the determination that a therapy or regimen is effective at targeting and/or impairing cancer stem cells by virtue of having monitored or detected a stabilization or decrease in the amount of cancer stem cells during therapy.

5.6 Methods of Monitoring Cancer Cells

As part of the therapeutically effective regimens of the invention, the amount of cancer cells (alone or in combination with the amount of cancer stem cells) can be monitored/assessed using standard techniques known to one of skill in the art. In certain embodiments of the therapeutically effective regimens of the invention, the regimens result in a stabilization or reduction in the amount (expressed, e.g., as a percentage) of cancer cells in the subject. In one embodiment, the subject undergoing the regimen is monitored to determine whether the regimen has resulted in a stabilization or reduction in the amount (expressed, e.g., as a percentage) of cancer cells in the subject.

In some embodiments, the amount of cancer cells is assessed in a subject using techniques described herein or known to one of skill in the art. In other embodiments, the amount of cancer cells is detected in a sample. Such samples include, but are not limited to, biological samples and samples derived from a biological sample. In certain embodiments, in addition to the biological sample itself or in addition to material derived from the biological sample such as cells, the sample used in the methods of this invention comprises added water, salts, glycerin, glucose, an antimicrobial agent, paraffin, a chemical stabilizing agent, heparin, an anticoagulant, or a buffering agent. In certain embodiments, the biological sample is blood, serum, urine, bone marrow or interstitial fluid. In another embodiment, the sample is a tissue sample. In a particular embodiment, the tissue sample is breast, colon, lung, liver, ovarian, pancreatic, prostate, renal, bone or skin tissue. In a specific embodiment, the tissue sample is a biopsy, including a tumor biopsy. The amount of biological sample taken from the subject will vary according to the type of biological sample and the method of detection to be employed. In a particular embodiment, the biological sample is blood, serum, or urine and the amount of blood, serum, or urine taken from the subject is 0.1 ml, 0.5 ml, 1 ml, 5 ml, 10 ml or more. In another embodiment, the biological sample is a tissue and the amount of tissue taken from the subject is less than 10 milligrams, less than 25 milligrams, less than 50 milligrams, less than 1 gram, less than 5 grams, less than 10 grams, less than 50 grams, or less than 100 grams.

In accordance with the methods of the invention, a sample derived from a biological sample is one in which the biological sample has been subjected to one or more pretreatment steps prior to the detection and/or measurement of the cancer cell population in the sample. In certain embodiments, a biological fluid is pretreated by centrifugation, filtration, precipitation, dialysis, or chromatography, or by a combination of such pretreatment steps. In other embodiments, a tissue sample is pretreated by freezing, chemical fixation, paraffin embedding, dehydration, permeabilization, or homogenization followed by centrifugation, filtration, precipitation, dialysis, or chromatography, or by a combination of such pretreatment steps. In certain embodiments, the sample is pretreated by removing cells other than cancer cells from the sample, or removing debris from the sample prior to the determination of the amount of cancer cells in the sample according to the methods of the invention.

The samples for use in the methods of this invention may be taken from any animal subject, preferably a mammal, most preferably a human. The subject from which a sample is obtained and utilized in accordance with the methods of this invention includes, without limitation, an asymptomatic subject, a subject manifesting or exhibiting 1, 2, 3, 4 or more symptoms of cancer, a subject clinically diagnosed as having cancer, a subject predisposed to cancer, a subject suspected of having cancer, a subject undergoing therapy for cancer, a subject that has been medically determined to be free of cancer (e.g., following therapy for the cancer), a subject that is managing cancer, or a subject that has not been diagnosed with cancer.

In certain embodiments, the amount of cancer cells is assessed in a subject or a sample from a subject at least 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 20, or 30, 60, 90 days 6 months, 9 months, 12 months, >12 months after the subject begins receiving the regimen. In certain embodiments, the amount of cancer cells is assessed after a number of doses (e.g., after 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 30 or more doses of a therapy). In other embodiments, the amount of cancer cells is assessed after 2 weeks, 1 month, 2 months, 1 year, 2 years, 3 years, 4 years or more after receiving one or more therapies.

The amount of cancer cells in a sample can be expressed as the percentage of, e.g., overall cells in the sample. In some embodiments, the sample is a blood sample or bone marrow sample, wherein the amount of cancer cells per unit of volume (e.g., 1 mL) or other measured unit (e.g., per unit field in the case of a histological analysis) is quantitated. The cancer cell population, in certain embodiments, can be determined as a percentage of the total blood cells. In other embodiments, the sample from the patient is a tissue sample (e.g., a biopsy from a subject with or suspected or having cancerous tissue), where the amount of cancer cells can be measured, for example, by immunohistochemistry or on the basis of the amount of cancer cells per unit weight of the tissue.

The amount of cancer cells in the test sample can be compared with the amount of cancer cells measured in a reference sample(s) to assess the efficacy of the regimen. In one embodiment, the reference sample is a sample from the subject undergoing therapy, at an earlier time point (e.g., prior to receiving the regimen as a baseline reference sample, or at an earlier time point while receiving the therapy). In this embodiment, the therapy desirably results in a decrease in the amount of cancer cells in the test sample as compared with the reference sample.

In another embodiment, the reference sample is obtained from a healthy, subject who has no detectable cancer, or from a patient that is in remission for the same type of cancer. In this embodiment, the therapy desirably results in the test sample having an equal amount of cancer cells as detected in the reference sample (e.g., no detectable cancer cells).

If the reduction in the amount of cancer cells is judged too small, then the medical practitioner has a number of options to adjust the regimen. For instance, the medical practitioner can then either increase the dosage of the therapy administered, the frequency of the administration, the duration of administration, combine the therapy with another therapy(ies), halt the therapy, or any combination thereof.

The amount of cancer cells can be monitored/assessed using standard techniques known to one of skill in the art. Cancer cells can be monitored by, e.g., obtaining a sample, such as a tumor sample, blood sample or bone marrow sample, from a subject and detecting cancer cells in the sample. The amount of cancer cells in a sample (which may be expressed as a percentage) can be assessed by detecting the expression of antigens on cancer cells and/or by detecting the proliferation of cancer cells. Techniques known to those of skilled in the art can be used for measuring these activities. For example, cellular proliferation can be assayed by 3H-thymidine incorporation assays and trypan blue cell counts. Antigen expression can be assayed, for example, by immunoassays including, but are not limited to western blots, immunohistochemistry radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay), “sandwich” immunoassays, immunoprecipitation assays, precipitin reactions, gel diffusion precipitin reactions, immunodiffusion assays, agglutination assays, complement-fixation assays, immunoradiometric assays, fluorescent immunoassays, protein A immunoassays, fluorescence-activated cell sorter (FACS) analysis, flow cytometry and immunofluorescence.

The amount of cancer cells can be compared to a predetermined reference range and/or an earlier amount of cancer cells determined for the subject to gauge the subject's response to the regimens described herein. In a specific embodiment, a reduction in the amount of cancer cells relative to a predetermined reference range and/or earlier cancer cell amount determined for the subject indicate an improvement in the subject's prognosis or response to a therapy, whereas an increase relative to the predetermined reference range and/or earlier cancer cell numbers indicates the same or worse prognosis, or failure to respond to a therapy. In certain embodiments, the dosage, frequency and/or duration of administration of a therapy is modified as a result of the change in the amount of cancer cells.

In some embodiments, the cancer cell population can be monitored/assessed using gross measurements of the cancer cell population. For example, in some embodiments, the cancer cell population is determined using imaging methods such as computed tomography (CT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), ultrasound, X-ray imaging, mammography, radionuclide imaging, PET scan, palpitation, direct measurement (e.g. with a ruler) or bone scans.

In embodiments of the invention comprising treatment of solid tumors, the bulk size of the tumor may provide an estimate of the cancer cell population. A number of known methods can be used to assess the bulk size of the tumor. Non-limiting examples of such methods include imaging methods (e.g., computed tomography (CT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), PET scans, palpitation, direct measurement (e.g. with a ruler), ultrasound, X-ray imaging, mammography, bone scans and radioisotope imaging), visual methods (e.g., colonoscopy, bronchoscopy, endoscopy), physical examination (e.g., prostate examination, breast examination, lymph nodes examination, abdominal examination, general palpation), blood tests (e.g., prostate specific antigen (PSA) test, carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA) test, cancer antigen (CA)-125 test, alpha-fetoprotein (AFP)), bone marrow analyses (e.g., in cases of hematological malignancies), histopathology, cytology and flow cytometry.

In some embodiments, the bulk tumor size can be measured by assessments based on the size of tumor lesions determined from imaging methods. In specific embodiments, the assessments are performed in accordance with the Response Evaluation Criteria In Solid Tumors (RECIST) Guidelines, which are set forth in Therasse, et al., J Nat Canc Inst 92(3), 205-216 (2000). For instance, in specific embodiments, lesions in the subject that are representative of bulk tumor size are selected so that they are at least =20 mm in their longest diameter at baseline (prior to treatment) when conventional imaging techniques are used (e.g., conventional CT scan, MRI or x-ray) and lesions that are at least =10 mm in their longest diameter at baseline should be selected when spiral CT scanning is used.

5.7 Biological Assays

5.7.1 In Vitro Assays

Antibodies and antibody conjugates of the invention may be characterized in a variety of ways well-known to one of skill in the art. In particular, antibodies or conjugates of the invention may be assayed for the ability to bind to the 67LR. In particular, antibodies or conjugates of the invention may be assayed for the ability to target 67LR. Such an assay may be performed in solution (e.g., Houghten, 1992, Bio/Techniques 13:412-421), on beads (Lam, 1991, Nature 354:82-84), on chips (Fodor, 1993, Nature 364:555-556), on bacteria (U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409), on spores (U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,571,698; 5,403,484; and 5,223,409), on plasmids (Cull, et al., 1992, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 89:1865-1869) or on phage (Scott and Smith, 1990, Science 249:386-390; Devlin, 1990, Science 249:404-406; Cwirla, et al., 1990, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 87:6378-6382; and Felici, 1991, J Mol Biol 222:301-310) (each of these references is incorporated herein in its entirety by reference). Antibodies or conjugates that have been identified to bind to the 67LR or a fragment thereof can then be assayed for their specificity and affinity for the 67LR.

The antibodies or conjugates may be assayed for specific binding to the 67LR and cross-reactivity with other antigens by any method known in the art. Immunoassays which can be used to analyze specific binding and cross-reactivity include, but are not limited to, competitive and non-competitive assay systems using techniques such as western blots, radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay), “sandwich” immunoassays, immunoprecipitation assays, precipitin reactions, gel diffusion precipitin reactions, immunodiffusion assays, agglutination assays, complement-fixation assays, immunoradiometric assays, fluorescent immunoassays, protein A immunoassays, to name but a few. Such assays are routine and well known in the art (see, e.g., Ausubel, et al., eds, 1994, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Vol. 1, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety). Exemplary immunoassays are described briefly below (but are not intended by way of limitation).

Immunoprecipitation protocols generally comprise lysing a population of cells in a lysis buffer such as RIPA buffer (1% NP-40 or Triton X-100, 1% sodium deoxycholate, 0.1% SDS, 0.15 MaCl, 0.01 M sodium phosphate at pH 7.2, 1% Trasylol) supplemented with protein phosphatase and/or protease inhibitors (e.g., EDTA, PMSF, aprotinin, sodium vanadate), adding the antibody or conjugate of interest to the cell lysate, incubating for a period of time (e.g., 1 to 4 hours) at 40 C, adding protein A and/or protein G sepharose beads to the cell lysate, incubating for about an hour or more at 40 C, washing the beads in lysis buffer and resuspending the beads in SDS/sample buffer. The ability of the antibody or conjugate of interest to immunoprecipitate a particular antigen can be assessed by, e.g., western blot analysis. One of skill in the art would be knowledgeable as to the parameters that can be modified to increase the binding of the antibody to an antigen and decrease the background (e.g., pre-clearing the cell lysate with sepharose beads). For further discussion regarding immunoprecipitation protocols see, e.g., Ausubel, et al., eds, 1994, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Vol. 1, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York at 10.16.1.

Western blot analysis generally comprises preparing protein samples, electrophoresis of the protein samples in a polyacrylamide gel (e.g., 8%-20% SDS-PAGE depending on the molecular weight of the antigen), transferring the protein sample from the polyacrylamide gel to a membrane such as nitrocellulose, PVDF or nylon, blocking the membrane in blocking solution (e.g., PBS with 3% BSA or non-fat milk), washing the membrane in washing buffer (e.g., PBS-Tween 20), blocking the membrane with primary antibody (e.g., the antibody of interest) diluted in blocking buffer, washing the membrane in washing buffer, blocking the membrane with a secondary antibody (which recognizes the primary antibody, e.g., an anti-human antibody) conjugated to an enzymatic substrate (e.g., horseradish peroxidase or alkaline phosphatase) or radioactive molecule (e.g., ³²P or ¹²⁵I) diluted in blocking buffer, washing the membrane in wash buffer, and detecting the presence of the antigen. One of skill in the art would be knowledgeable as to the parameters that can be modified to increase the signal detected and to reduce the background noise. For further discussion regarding western blot protocols see, e.g., Ausubel, et al., eds, 1994, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Vol. 1, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York at 10.8.1.

ELISAs comprise preparing antigen, coating the well of a 96 well microtiter plate with the antigen, adding the antibody of interest conjugated to a detectable compound such as an enzymatic substrate (e.g., horseradish peroxidase or alkaline phosphatase) to the well and incubating for a period of time, and detecting the presence of the antigen. In ELISAs the antibody of interest does not have to be conjugated to a detectable compound; instead, a second antibody (which recognizes the antibody of interest) conjugated to a detectable compound may be added to the well. Further, instead of coating the well with the antigen, the antibody may be coated to the well. In this case, a second antibody conjugated to a detectable compound may be added following the addition of the antigen of interest to the coated well. One of skill in the art would be knowledgeable as to the parameters that can be modified to increase the signal detected as well as other variations of ELISAs known in the art. For further discussion regarding ELISAs see, e.g., Ausubel, et al., eds, 1994, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Vol. 1, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York at 11.2.1.

The binding affinity of an antibody to an antigen and the off-rate of an antibody-antigen interaction can be determined by competitive binding assays. One example of a competitive binding assay is a radioimmunoassay comprising the incubation of labeled antigen (e.g., ³H or ¹²⁵I) with the antibody of interest in the presence of increasing amounts of unlabeled antigen, and the detection of the antibody bound to the labeled antigen. The affinity of an antibody of the present invention for the 67LR and the binding off-rates can be determined from the data by scatchard plot analysis. Competition with a second antibody can also be determined using radioimmunoassays. In this case, the 67LR is incubated with an antibody of the present invention conjugated to a labeled compound (e.g., 3H or ¹²⁵I) in the presence of increasing amounts of an unlabeled second antibody.

In a preferred embodiment, BIAcore kinetic analysis is used to determine the binding on and off rates of antibodies or conjugates to the 67LR. BIAcore kinetic analysis comprises analyzing the binding and dissociation of the 67LR from chips with immobilized antibodies or conjugates on their surface.

The antibodies, conjugates, pharmaceutical compositions and regimens of the invention can be tested in vitro and/or in vivo for their ability to reduce the quantity, number, amount or percentage of cancer cells and/or cancer stem cells, or inhibit their proliferation. The ability of a conjugate or a regimen of the invention to reduce the quantity, number, amount or percentage of cancer cells, cancer stem cells and/or immune cells (e.g., lymphocytes) or inhibit their proliferation can be assessed by: detecting the expression of antigens on cancer cells, cancer stem cells, and immune cells; detecting the proliferation or viability of cancer cells, cancer stem cells and immune cells; detecting the effector function of cancer cells and cancer stem cells. Techniques known to those of skilled in the art can be used for measuring these activities. For example, cellular proliferation can be assayed by ³H-thymidine incorporation assays and trypan blue cell counts. Antigen expression can be assayed, for example, by immunoassays including, but are not limited to, competitive and non-competitive assay systems using techniques such as western blots, immunohistochemistry radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay), “sandwich” immunoassays, immunoprecipitation assays, precipitin reactions, gel diffusion precipitin reactions, immunodiffusion assays, agglutination assays, complement-fixation assays, immunoradiometric assays, fluorescent immunoassays, protein A immunoassays, flow cytometry and FACS analysis.

An antibody, antibody conjugate, pharmaceutical composition, or regimen of the invention is preferably tested in vitro and then in vivo for the desired therapeutic or prophylactic activity prior to use in humans. For example, assays which can be used to determine whether administration of a specific antibody is indicated include cell culture assays in which a patient tissue sample (e.g., a cancer cell or cancer stem cell) is grown in culture and exposed to, or otherwise contacted with, an antibody of the invention, and the effect of such antibody upon the tissue sample is observed. The tissue sample can be obtained by biopsy from the patient. This test allows the identification of the therapeutically most effective therapy (e.g., prophylactic or therapeutic agent) for each individual patient.

Determination of cell viability using the XTT assay: In some cases, CD34+ cells are isolated from human cord blood using magnetic beads coated with anti-CD34 antibody. Isolated cells are then counted and aliquoted into 96-well plates and then incubated in the presence of varying concentrations of an antibody of the invention. Cell viability it measured by the addition of the XTT colorimetric reagent. Viability is determined by the absorbance of treated cultures at approximately 450-500 nm compared to untreated cultures. In other cases, the cells used in the assay may be a leukemia cell line, such as MV4; 11. The assay can also be used to determine the time course of cell killing by various compounds by performing the XTT assay on cultures that are incubated with the antibody for varying periods of time.

Cobblestone assay: The cobblestone area-forming cell (CAFC) assay exploits a reproducible visual end point for the quantitation of cancer stem cells. Leukemia samples are added to adherent cultures of stromal cells, some embodiments MS-5 stromal cells. The cancer stem cells in the culture will migrate below the MS-5 stromal cells and form a colony of cells called a cobblestone that can be visual quantitated. To test the effect of an antibody of the invention on the cancer stem cell population using this assay, cells are first cultured in the presence of the drug. In some embodiments the cells are cultured for 16 hours. After this incubation, the cells are added to the stromal cultures. A reduction in the cobblestone area formation in cultures that were treated with the drug compared to the untreated cells represents cancer stem cell activity for the drug.

5.7.2 In Vivo Assays

The antibodies, antibody conjugates, pharmaceutical compositions, and regimens of the invention can be tested in suitable animal model systems prior to use in humans. Such animal model systems include, but are not limited to, rats, mice, chicken, cows, monkeys, pigs, dogs, rabbits, etc. Any animal system well-known in the art may be used. Several aspects of the procedure may vary; said aspects include, but are not limited to, the temporal regime of administering the therapeutic modalities (e.g., prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents), whether such therapeutic modalities are administered separately or as an admixture, and the frequency of administration of the therapeutic modalities.

Animal models for cancer can be used to assess the efficacy of an antibody or a combination therapy of the invention. Examples of animal models for lung cancer include, but are not limited to, lung cancer animal models described by Zhang & Roth (1994, In Vivo 8(5):755-69) and a transgenic mouse model with disrupted p53 function (see, e.g., Morris, et al. J La State Med Soc 1998, 150(4):179-85). An example of an animal model for breast cancer includes, but is not limited to, a transgenic mouse that overexpresses cyclin D1 (see, e.g., Hosokawa, et al., Transgenic Res 2001, 10(5), 471-8. An example of an animal model for colon cancer includes, but is not limited to, a TCR b and p53 double knockout mouse (see, e.g., Kado, et al., Cancer Res 2001, 61(6):2395-8). Examples of animal models for pancreatic cancer include, but are not limited to, a metastatic model of PancO2 murine pancreatic adenocarcinoma (see, e.g., Wang, et al., Int J Pancreatol 2001, 29(1):37-46) and nu-nu mice generated in subcutaneous pancreatic tumours (see, e.g., Ghaneh, et al., Gene Ther 2001, 8(3): 199-208). Examples of animal models for non-Hodgkin's lymphoma include, but are not limited to, a severe combined immunodeficiency (“SCID”) mouse (see, e.g., Bryant, et al., Lab Invest 2000, 80(4), 553-73) and an IgHmu-HOX11 transgenic mouse (see, e.g., Hough, et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 1998, 95(23), 13853-8. An example of an animal model for esophageal cancer includes, but is not limited to, a mouse transgenic for the human papillomavirus type 16 E7 oncogene (see, e.g., Herber, et al., J Virol 1996, 70(3):1873-81). Examples of animal models for colorectal carcinomas include, but are not limited to, APC mouse models (see, e.g., Fodde & Smits, Trends Mol Med 2001, 7(8):369-73 and Kuraguchi, et al., Oncogene 2000, 19(50), 5755-63).

In some embodiments of the invention, the efficacy of the therapeutic regimen in reducing the amount of cancer stem cells in animals (including humans) undergoing treatment can be evaluated using in vivo techniques. In these embodiments, an imaging agent is used which binds to biological molecules on cancer cells or cancer stem cells, e.g., cancer stem cell surface antigens. For instance, a fluorescent tag, heavy metal, photon emitter or radionuclide is covalently attached to an antibody (including an antibody fragment) that binds to a cancer stem cell surface antigen. Exemplary cancer stem cell surface antigens are listed herein. The medical practitioner can infuse the labeled antibody into the patient either prior to, during, or following untreated or undergoing treatment, and then the practitioner can place the patient into a total body scanner/developer which can detect the attached label (e.g., fluorescent tag or radionuclide). The scanner/developer (e.g., CT or MRI, other scanner, e.g., detector of fluorescent label, that can detect the label) records the presence, amount/quantity and bodily location, and amount of the bound antibody based on the signal generated by the imaging agent. In this manner, the mapping and quantitation of tag (e.g., fluorescence, radioactivity, etc.) in patterns (i.e., different from patterns of normal stem cells within a tissue) within a tissue or tissues indicates the treatment efficacy within the patient's body when compared to a reference control such as the same patient at an earlier time point or a patient who has no detectable cancer. For example, a large signal (relative to a reference range or a prior treatment date, or to prior treatment) at a particular location indicates the presence of cancer stem cells. If this signal is increased relative to a prior treatment it suggests a worsening of the disease and failure of therapy or regimen. Alternatively, a signal decrease indicates that therapy or regimen is working.

Similarly, in some embodiments of the invention, the efficacy of the therapeutic regimen in reducing the amount of cancer cells in animals (including humans) undergoing treatment can be evaluated using in vivo techniques. In one embodiment, the medical practitioner performs the imaging technique with labeled molecule that binds the surface of a cancer cell, e.g., a cancer cell surface antigen. See Section 5.4, supra, lists certain cancer cell surface antigens. In this manner, the mapping and quantitation of tag (e.g., fluorescence, radioactivity) in patterns within a tissue or tissues indicates the treatment efficacy within the body of the patient undergoing treatment.

In a specific embodiment, the amount of cancer stem cells is detected in vivo in a subject according to a method comprising the steps of: (a) administering to the subject an effective amount of a labeled cancer stem cell marker binding agent that binds to a cell surface marker found on the cancer stem cells, and (b) detecting the labeled agent in the subject following a time interval sufficient to allow the labeled agent to concentrate at sites in the subject where the cancer stem cell surface marker is expressed. In accordance with this embodiment, the cancer stem cell surface marker-binding agent is administered to the subject according to any suitable method in the art, for example, parenterally (e.g. intravenously), directly into the lumen of the bladder, directly into the tumor, or intraperitoneally. In accordance with this embodiment, the effective amount of the agent is the amount which permits the detection of the agent in the subject. This amount will vary according to the particular subject, the label used, and the detection method employed. For example, it is understood in the art that the size of the subject and the imaging system used will determine the amount of labeled agent needed to detect the agent in a subject using imaging. In the case of a radiolabeled agent for a human subject, the amount of labeled agent administered is measured in terms of radioactivity, for example from about 5 to 20 millicuries of 99Tc. The time interval following the administration of the labeled agent which is sufficient to allow the labeled agent to concentrate at sites in the subject where the cancer stem cell surface marker is expressed will vary depending on several factors, for example, the type of label used, the mode of administration, and the part of the subject's body that is imaged. In a particular embodiment, the time interval that is sufficient is 6 to 48 hours, 6 to 24 hours, or 6 to 12 hours. In another embodiment the time interval is 5 to 20 days or 5 to 10 days. The presence of the labeled cancer stem cell surface marker-binding agent can be detected in the subject using imaging means known in the art. In general, the imaging means employed depend upon the type of label used. Skilled artisans will be able to determine the appropriate means for detecting a particular label. Methods and devices that may be used include, but are not limited to, computed tomography (CT), whole body scan such as position emission tomography (PET), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), fluorescence, chemiluminescence, and sonography. In a specific embodiment, the cancer stem cell surface marker-binding agent is labeled with a radioisotope and is detected in the patient using a radiation responsive surgical instrument (Thurston et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,441,050). In another embodiment, the cancer stem cell surface marker-binding agent is labeled with a fluorescent compound and is detected in the patient using a fluorescence responsive scanning instrument. In another embodiment, the cancer stem cell surface marker-binding agent is labeled with a positron emitting metal and is detected in the patient using positron emission-tomography. In yet another embodiment, the cancer stem cell surface marker-binding agent is labeled with a paramagnetic label and is detected in a patient using magnetic resonance imaging (MRI).

Further, any assays known to those skilled in the art can be used to evaluate the prophylactic and/or therapeutic utility of an antibody or pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein for cancer or one or more symptoms thereof.

5.7.3 Assessing Toxicity

The toxicity and/or efficacy of antibodies, antibody conjugates, pharmaceutical compositions, and regimens of the invention can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD₅₀ (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED₅₀ (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD₅₀/ED₅₀. Therapeutic regimens that exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. While therapeutic regimens that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such agents to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.

The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage of the therapies for use in humans. The dosage of such agents lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED₅₀ with little or no toxicity to normal tissues. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any therapy used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC₅₀ (i.e., the concentration of the test compound that achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels of compounds in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.

5.8 Articles of Manufacture

The present invention also encompasses a finished packaged and labeled pharmaceutical product. This article of manufacture includes the appropriate unit dosage form in an appropriate vessel or container such as a glass vial or other container that is hermetically sealed. The pharmaceutical product may contain, for example, an antibody of the invention in a unit dosage form in a first container, and in a second container, sterile water for injection. In some embodiments the ways of injection include, but are not limited, to intravenous, subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular, directly into the lumen of the bladder, and intratumoral. The article of manufacture of the invention may also be produced for delivery into the lumen of the bladder via other methods, such as catheterization. Alternatively, the unit dosage form may be a solid suitable for oral, transdermal, intranasal, rectal or topical delivery.

In a specific embodiment, the unit dosage form is suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, intranasal, oral, topical, rectal or subcutaneous delivery. Thus, the invention encompasses solutions, preferably sterile, suitable for each delivery route.

As with any pharmaceutical product, the packaging material and container are designed to protect the stability of the product during storage and shipment. Further, the products of the invention include instructions for use or other informational material that advise the physician, technician or patient on how to appropriately prevent or treat the disease or disorder in question. In other words, the article of manufacture includes instruction means indicating or suggesting a dosing regimen including, but not limited to, actual doses, monitoring procedures, cancer cell counts, cancer stem cell counts, and other monitoring information.

Specifically, the invention provides an article of manufacture comprising packaging material, such as a box, bottle, tube, vial, container, sprayer, insufflator, intravenous (i.v.) bag, catheter, envelope and the like; and at least one unit dosage form of a pharmaceutical agent contained within said packaging material, wherein said pharmaceutical agent comprises an antibody of the invention, and wherein said packaging material includes instruction means which indicate that said compound can be used to treat, and/or ameliorate one or more symptoms associated with cancer, or one or more symptoms thereof by administering specific doses and using specific dosing regimens as described herein.

In specific embodiments, the article of manufacture include labeled antibodies that selectively or bind to stem cells, and preferably, that selectively or bind to cancer stem cells. As such, the article contains a method to adjust the dosages used in the therapeutic regimens, and to monitor the efficacy of the therapeutic regimen.

6. EXAMPLES

Human urothelial carcinoma cells were injected subcutaneously into immunodeficient mice and xenograft tumors were harvested and analyzed by histomorphology, immunohistochemistry, and Flow Cytometry. Fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS) was performed to isolate basal-like cells from digested xenografts and their tumor forming potential was tested upon reinjection into nude mice.

6.1 Materials and Methods

6.1.1 Cell Culture

SW780 (human bladder TCC0 cell line was obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (Manassas, Va.) and maintained in DMEM (Invitorgen) supplemented with 10% FCS (Sigma) at 37° C. under humidified atmosphere of 95% air and 5% CO₂.

6.1.2 Xenograft Model

All mouse studies were carried out according to protocols approved by the Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee at Johns Hopkins University. To make SW780 xenografts, 1×10⁶ of SW780 single cells suspended in 200 μl of 1:1 mixture of cell culture medium and matrigel (BD Biosciences) were subcutaneously injected into the flank of six-week-old female athymic nude mice (Harlan, Indianapolis, Ind.).

6.1.3 Antibodies, Immunohistochemistry and Double Immunofluorescence Staining

The primary antibodies used for immunohistochemistry staining are listed in Table 3. All the xenografts were collected prior to reaching 1.5 cm in largest dimension to minimize that likeliness of tumour necrosis. Small pieces (5×5 mm) of Xenograft tissues were fixed with 10% formalin for 16-24 hours followed by standard histology processing and embedded in paraffin.

To determine the tissue localization of each antigen, immunohistochemical staining was carried out on dewaxed and rehydrated 4 μm sections. Antigen retrieval was achieved by steaming in 10 mM of citrate buffer, pH 6.0, for 20 minutes. Non-specific binding was blocked by 10% normal rabbit serum (Sigma) for 30 minutes at room temperature. Sections were then incubated with primary antibodies, with dilution and incubation time indicated in Table 3, followed by a 30 minute incubation with 1:500 diluted rabbit polyclonal biotin conjugated anti-mouse Ig secondary antibodies (Dako E 0354) and a 30 minute incubation with 1:300 diluted streptavidin/HRP complex (DAKO). Slides were washed 3 times for 10 minutes each with PBS after each incubation step. Peroxidase activity was visualized by DAB staining kit (Zymed). Sections were counter stained with Mayer hematoxylin (Sigma). For negative controls, the primary antibody was replaced by respective isotype, which didn't show positive staining, thus confirming the specificity of staining.

Double immunofluorescence staining was performed on formalin fixed SW780 cells cultured in 6-well plates. After blocking of non-specific binding with 10% goat serum, cells were incubated with 1:40 anti-CK17 monoclonal antibody and 1:100 anti-67LR monoclonal antibody. After washing with PBS, cells were incubated with 1:200 dilution of Alexa Fluor 488 goat anti-mouse IgM μ chain (Invitrogen A21042) and Alexa Fluor 594 goat anti-mouse IgG H&L chain (Invitrogen A11005). After the final washing step, PBS containing 200 ng/μl of DAPI was added. Immunofluorescence was examined with Zeiss Axiovert 40 CFL microscope and an image was captured with Coolsnap EZ camera using NIS Elment BR software.

TABLE 3 Antigen Clone Species Isotype Dilution Incubation Source CK17 E3(1) Mouse IgG2b 1:40 1 h RT Dako CK18 DC-10 Mouse IgG1 1:80 1 h RT Dako CK20 Ks20.8 Mouse Ig2a 1:20 1 h RT Dako 67LR MluC5 Mouse IgM 1:50 4° C. overnight Alexis

6.1.4 Preparation of Single Cells from SW780 Xenograft

Nude mice bearing SW780 xenograft (less than or about 1 cm in diameter) were euthanized according to institutional guidelines. SW780 xenografts were cut into small pieces with sterile surgical blades in sterile PBS and minced completely by using CD1 cell dissociation sieve (Sigma) to get cell aggregates. To obtain single cell suspensions, cell aggregates were washed once with sterile PBS and dissociated with 0.5 mg/ml of Dispase I (Invitrogen) in DMEM at 37° C. for 8-10 hours, followed by filtration through 40 μm nylon mesh twice (BD Biosciences). Single cells were washed with PBS twice and suspended with PBS. Cells obtained from this procedure showed higher than 75% viability evaluated by Trypan blue exclusion assay.

6.1.5 Cell Staining and Sorting for Flow Cytometry

SW780 xenograft single cells were suspended with PBS containing 2% heat-inactivated FBS (FACS buffer) at 1×10⁷/ml. Nonspecific binding was blocked by incubation with 10% goat serum in FACS buffer for 30 minutes at 4° C. 2.5 μg/ml of monoclonal anti-67LR (MLu5) was then added and incubated for 40 minutes on ice. After washing 3 times for 5 minutes each with FACS buffer, the cell suspension was further incubated with 2.5 μg/ml of PE conjugated goat anti-mouse IgM (Biolegend, 406507), 1:20 dilution of FITC anti-mouse H-2D^(k) and H-2K^(b)/H-2D^(b) (Bioledgend, 110305 and 114605) for 40 minutes on ice protected from the light. Cells were then washed three times with FACS buffer and resuspended in PBS containing 2% BSA and 1 μg/ml of 7-aminoactinomycin D (7-AAD). Isotype-matched negative controls and single-color controls were included with each experiment. Analysis and cell sorting was performed on a Vantage cell sorter (BD Biosciences) using Cellquest software. Side scatter (SSC) and forward scatter (FSC) profiles was used to eliminate cell doublets and debris. Then, 7-ADD positive cells were gated out to eliminate dead cells. Mouse MHCl-FITC (mMHCl) staining was used to eliminate the contamination from the cells of mouse origin. SW780 xenograft cells were sorted into 67LT bring (67LR+mMHCl−,) dim (67LR-mHCl−) two populations based on 67LR staining profile, as well as the bulk (mMHCl−) cells. The purity of every population was 97-98% evaluated by post-sorting analysis. Different dose of sorted three populations of tumour cells were suspended in 200 ul of 1:1 mixture of cell culture medium and matrigel and injected subcutaneously into both flanks of nude mice to compare their tumorigenicity. Tumor formation was checked for 4 months.

6.2 Results

6.2.1 Human SW780 Bladder Cancer Tumor Xenografts Recapitulate Epithelial Differentiation of Normal Human Bladder.

FIG. 1A shows that normal human bladder epithelium (urothelium) comprises three cell types arrayed across 7-8 layers. One layer of small basal cells rests directly on the basement membrane and is believed to house the reserve (stem) cell population for urothelium. A single layer of large terminally differentially differentiated superficial cells reside at the luminal surface; between the basal and superficial layers are 5-6 layers of intermediate cells. As seen in FIG. 1B, human SW780 bladder cancer xenograft tumors form subcutaneous nodules in athymic mice. The tumor nodules consists of one layer of small basal-like cells residing at the periphery of each nodule, with smaller morphology than the other cells compact in the middle of each nodule (FIG. 1B). In normal human bladder urothelium, the basal cells express cytokeratin 17 (CK17) (FIG. 1C) and the superficial cells, and two layers of intermediate cells just underneath the superficial cells, express CK18 (FIG. 1E). The superficial cells of normal human bladder epithelium also express CK20 (FIG. 1G). It was found that in SW780 xenograft nodules, the peripheral cells express CK17 (FIG. 1D). It was also found that most cells in the middle of SW780 xenograft nodule express CK18, whereas the peripheral cells are all negative for CK18 (FIG. 1D). Some of the cells in the middle of SW780 xenograft nodule express CK20 but the peripheral cells are negative for CK20 (FIG. 1H).

Thus, in human urothelial carcinoma xenografts, tumor cells were organized in distinct layers, with CK17 expressing basal-like cells ringing the basal aspect of tumor nodules, adjacent to tumor stroma, larger CK20 positive cells in the center of the nodule, and CK17−/CK20 cells intercalated in between.

6.2.2 Colocalization of CK17 with 67LR and Exclusive Expression Pattern of CK20 with 67LR in SW780 Xenograft Model

Adjacent sections of SW780 xenografts were analyzed via immunohistochemistry for expression of CK17 and 67LR. CK17 and 67LR colocalized in peripheral cells of the SW780 xenograft nodule (FIG. 2A). Adjacent sections stained with CK20 and 67LR antibody showed an exclusive expression pattern of CK20 and 67LR in the SW780 xenograft (FIG. 2B). It was found that in in vivo cultured SW780 cells, CK17 did not colocalize with 67LR (FIG. 2C). Using an anti-67LR antibody (Mlu5), CK17 positive SW780 xenograft cells were isolated from dissociated urothelial carcinoma xenografts by flow cytometry (FIG. 2D). Dead cells and mouse cells were eliminated by 7AAD positive staining and mMHCl positive staining respectively (FIG. 2D). Purity was assessed by post-sort analysis.

6.2.3 CK17 Positive SW780 Xenograft Cells are More Tumorigenic than CK17 Negative Ones and are Able to Recapitulate the Properties of Parental SW780 Xenograft

Sorted 67LR bright and dim cells were both stained with CK17 antibody to show the efficiency of isolating CK17 positive cells using 67LR staining. There was equal cell viability for the two populations in vitro (FIG. 3A) Different doses of 67LR bright, dim, and bulk cells were injected into nude mice to compare their tumorigenicity. For 4 months mice were examined weekly for tumors by observation and papation; then all mice were sacrificed to look for growths at injection sites that were too small to palpate. Receptor bright cells were at least 6-fold more potent in forming tumors than receptor dim cells and gave rise to tumors that were almost 5 times larger (FIG. 3B). Tumors from receptor-bright cells also recapitulated the morphology and cytokeratin staining pattern of the parental tumor, the SW780 xenograft, in morphology and differentiation state, as demonstrated by hematoxylin and eosin stain (H & E) and immunohistochemistry staining of CK17, CK18, and CK20, respectively (FIG. 3C). Normal human bladder urothelium-like structure was found in a stripe of 67LR SW780 xenograft (FIG. 3D). Thus, basal-like cells can give rise to the full range of cell types in the original tumor. Thus, 67LR is a cell surface marker that characterizes bladder cancer stem cells, and has utility as both a diagnostic and therapeutic target.

7. EQUIVALENTS

The present invention is not to be limited in scope by the specific embodiments described which are intended as single illustrations of individual aspects of the invention, and functionally equivalent methods and components are within the scope of the invention. Indeed, various modifications of the invention, in addition to those shown and described herein, will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description and accompanying drawings using no more than routine experimentation. Such modifications and equivalents are intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims.

All publications, patents and patent applications mentioned in this specification are herein incorporated by reference into the specification to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated herein by reference.

Citation or discussion of a reference herein shall not be construed as an admission that such is prior art to the present invention. 

1. A method of treating cancer comprising administering to a patient diagnosed with cancer an antibody or a fragment thereof that targets 67 Laminin Receptor (67LR) in an amount sufficient to inhibit the proliferation of cancer cells in the patient.
 2. (canceled)
 3. The method of claim 1, wherein the cancer cells are reduced in the patient.
 4. The method of claim 1, wherein the cancer cells do not increase in the patient.
 5. The method of claim 3, wherein the method further comprises detecting cancer cells.
 6. The method of claim 5, wherein the method detects a reduction in tumor size.
 7. The method of claim 5, wherein the detection utilizes a specimen from the patient.
 8. The method of claim 7, wherein the specimen is from a blood sample, a bone marrow sample, or a tumor biopsy.
 9. The method of claim 5, wherein the detection utilizes an imaging technique.
 10. The method of claim 9, wherein the technique is accomplished using radionuclide imaging, fluorescent imaging, CT scan or MI scan.
 11. The method of claim 4, wherein the method further comprises detecting cancer cells.
 12. The method of claim 11, wherein the method detects that tumor size does not increase.
 13. The method of claim 11, wherein the detection utilizes a specimen from the patient.
 14. The method of claim 13, wherein the specimen is from a blood sample, a bone marrow sample, or a tumor biopsy.
 15. The method of claim 11, wherein the detection utilizes an imaging technique.
 16. The method of claim 15, wherein the technique is accomplished using radionuclide imaging, fluorescent imaging, CT scan or MRI scan.
 17. The method of claim 1, wherein the method further comprises detecting cancer cells.
 18. The method of claim 17, wherein cancer cells do not increase.
 19. The method of claim 17, wherein the method detects a reduction in cancer cells.
 20. The method of claim 17, wherein the detection utilizes a specimen from the patient.
 21. The method of claim 20, wherein the specimen is from a blood sample, a bone marrow sample, or a tumor biopsy.
 22. The method of claim 17, wherein the detection utilizes an imaging technique.
 23. The method of claim 22, wherein the technique is accomplished using radionuclide imaging, fluorescent imaging, CT scan or MRI scan.
 24. The method of claim 1, wherein the method further comprises detecting cancer stem cells.
 25. The method of claim 24, wherein the detection utilizes a specimen from the patient.
 26. The method of claim 25, wherein the specimen is from a blood sample, a bone marrow sample, or a tumor biopsy.
 27. (canceled)
 28. (canceled)
 29. The method of claim 1, wherein the antibody or fragment thereof is conjugated to a therapeutic agent.
 30. The method of claim 29, wherein the therapeutic agent is selected from alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, plant alkaloids, chemotherapeutic agents, radionuclides, therapeutic enzymes, protein toxins, bacterial protein toxins, ribosome inactivating proteins, targeted inhibitors, cytokines, cytotoxins, or growth modulators. 31-42. (canceled)
 43. The method of claim 1, wherein the cancer is urothelial carcinoma, cervical cancer, myeloid leukemia, multiple myeloma, thyroid carcinoma, adenoid cystic carcinoma, breast carcinoma, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, colon cancer, pancreatic cancer, lymphoma, or neuroblastoma leukemia. 44-80. (canceled)
 81. The method of claim 1, wherein cancer stem cells are reduced in the patient. 